NEC N 1093100 manuale d’uso

IntraMail Features For additional resources, visit our Technical Support site on the web at http://www .necdsx.com . Introduction Features System 1001-1702 Station 2101-2501 Line 3101-3715 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Maintenance 9001-9042 Empowered by Innovation Software Manual P/N 1093100 Rev 3, June 2006 Printed in U.S.A . 01.00.00[...]

This manual has been developed by NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. It is intended for the use of its customers and service personnel, and should be read in its entirety before attempting to install or program the system. Any comments or suggestions for improving this manual would be appreciated. Forward your remarks to: NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. 4 For[...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ i Table of Contents T ab le of Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Using the DSX Software Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1[...]

T able of Contents ii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Call Coverage Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Call Coverage Guard Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 User Programmable Feature . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ iii How Call Forwarding and Extension Hunting Interact with DID Calls . . . . . . . . . . . 102 DID Call Handling with Call Forwarding and Extension Hunting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 DID Station Intercept and Line Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents iv ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual User Programmable Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Headset Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Headset Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ v Basic Night Service Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Off-Hook Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Off-Hook Signaling for Outside Calls . [...]

T able of Contents vi ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Name Programming Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Silent Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Single Line Telephones . . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ vii Voice Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Call Forwarding to Voice Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Leaving a Message . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents viii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Start-Up Programming . . [...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ ix External Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 Fax Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Flexible Answering Sche[...]

T able of Contents x ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Message Storage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548 Message Waiting Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549 Multiple Company Greetings . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xi System Options: 1001-1702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 10xx-Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 100x-System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents xii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 1212-01: Line Port Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 1213-01: Number of PCM Channels . . . [...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xiii 1403-05: FSK Message Waiting Lamp for Single Line Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 1403-06: Loop Disconnect for Single Line Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 1404-Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents xiv ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 1512-Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657 1512-01: Automatic Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657 1512-02: Call Waiting Tone[...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xv 1603-03: Exclusive Hold Recall Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675 1603-04: Park Orbit Recall Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677 1604-Station Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents xvi ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 1631-05: Receive Dial Pulse Maximum Make Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 1631-06: Receive Minimum Flash Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 1631-07: Receive Maximum Flash Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xvii 1654-04: GB Tone Complete Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712 1654-05: GC Response Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 1654-06: GC Tone Complete Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents xviii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Stations: 2101-2501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719 21xx-Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719 210x-Setup . . . . . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xix 2113-04: Privacy Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740 2113-05: Page Group (Zone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740 2114-Off Hook Options . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents xx ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 2143-02: Auto Erase/Save of Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769 2143-03: Auto Time Stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769 2143-04: Message Waiting Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xxi 2311-01: UCD Group Mailbox Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793 2311-01: UCD Group Routing Mailbox Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793 2312-Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents xxii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual Lines: 3101-3715 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809 31xx-Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809 310x-Setup . . . . . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xxiii 314x-TIE Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 3141-Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 3141-01: Tie Line C[...]

T able of Contents xxiv ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 3531-02: Table Type (Allow or Deny) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846 3532-Table Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847 3532-xx: Table Data . . . . . . . . [...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xxv Voice Mail Options: 4101-4231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863 41xx-Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863 410x-System (Voice Mail System Options) .[...]

T able of Contents xxvi ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual 4212-[01-10]: Schedule End Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886 Type 1 (Day of Week) Schedule Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887 Type 2 (Range of Days) Schedule Example . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

T able of Contents DSX Software Manual T able of Contents ◆ xxvii Maintenance Options: 9001 - 9042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915 90xx-Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) . . . .[...]

T able of Contents xxviii ◆ T able of Contents DSX Software Manual[...]

DSX Software Manual Intr oduction ◆ 1 Introduction Intr oduction Using the DSX Software Manual Using the DSX Software Manual How the Manual is Organized This manual describes the features and programming of the DSX telephone system. It is divided into eight chapters as follo ws: ❥ Introduction This is the chapter you are reading no w . It pro v[...]

Default Feature Setup 2 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual Default Feature Setup Default Features Default Features f or Lines 1. All lines are loop start DTMF . • Use 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809) to change this assignment. 2. In DSX-80/160, lines 1-12 ring on line ke ys 1-12 for extensions 300-315. • All other extensions are lamp only for [...]

Default Feature Setup DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 3 Introduction Initial Startup Programming 1. From any display telephone: - Press INTERCOM + Dial #*#* - Enter the system password + HOLD 2. The system passwords are: - 632379 (NECDSX) for Installer (le vel 3) - 9999 for System Administrator 2 (level 2) - 0000 for System Administrator 1 (le[...]

Default Feature Setup 4 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual Checking your System’ s Software Level How to Chec k y our System’ s Software Level T o chec k your system’ s software level: 1. Press INTERCOM . 2. Dial #*#* . • The system softw are lev el shows on the fi rst line of your display . • Y ou see: DSX-nn vxx.xx.xx 3. Press SPEAK[...]

Charts DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 5 Introduction Charts DSX Dial Codes b y Feature (P age 1 of 2) For this feature Dial this code When y ou are Barge In (Intrusion) 4 Barging-In on a co-w orker’ s call Call Forwarding INTERCOM + *30 Canceling Call Forw arding at an extension INTERCOM + *32 + Extension or 0 (for the operator) Enabling Ca[...]

Charts 6 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual Monitor / Silent Monitor 6 Setting up Monitor after calling a busy co-worker Night Service / Night Ring ** + UN A code (01-04) Answering a call ringing UN A at night P aging INTERCOM + *1 + Page zone (1-7 or 0 for All Call) Making an internal Paging announce- ment P ark INTERCOM + * + System Park Orbit[...]

Charts DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 7 Introduction System Number Plan/Capacities (P age 1 of 2) DSX40 DSX80/160 System Options Classes of Service 1-15 (COS 1 normally reserved for attendants) Conference 32 simultaneous users in Conference (total of all Conferences system-wide) 8 simultaneous Conferences maximum 8 parties maximum in any one [...]

Charts 8 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual Analog Door Boxes, Built-In 20 Analog Door Boxes, T otal The maximum number of DSX Analog Door Boxes you can install is determined by the number of 2PGD AD Modules, which in turn is limited only by the av ailability of 16ESIU station ports. DSS Consoles 4 The System Load Factor may limit the total numb[...]

T elephone Illustrations DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 9 Introduction Telephone Illustrations 22-Button Displa y T elephone ABC JKL TUV VOLUME GHI PQRS DEF TRANSFER FLASH REDIAL MUTE SPEAKER INTERCOM CLEAR CHECK V -MAIL DND CONF HOLD MNO WXYZ In DSX-40: Keys 1-8 are line keys. Keys 9-12 are undefined. In DSX-80/160: Keys 1-12 are line keys. [...]

T elephone Illustrations 10 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual 34-Button Displa y T elephone ABC JKL TUV VOLUME GHI PQRS DEF TRANSFER FLASH REDIAL MUTE SPEAKER INTERCOM CLEAR CHECK V -MAIL DND CONF HOLD MNO WXYZ 1093100 - 1 In DSX-40: Keys 1-8 are line keys. Keys 9-24 are undefined. In DSX-80/160: Keys 1-12 are line keys. Keys 13-24 are undefine[...]

T elephone Illustrations DSX Software Manual Introduction ◆ 11 Introduction 34-Button Super Displa y T elephone ABC JKL TUV VOLUME GHI PQRS DEF TRANSFER FLASH REDIAL MUTE SPEAKER INTERCOM CLEAR CHECK V -MAIL DND CONF HOLD MNO WXYZ Director y V-Mail 00 Calls 00 Menu Pa e SP Dial 2 1093100 - 4 SP Dial 1 g In DSX-40: Keys 1-8 are line keys. Keys 9-2[...]

T elephone Illustrations 12 ◆ Introduction DSX Software Man ual 60-Button DSS Console TRANSFER ANSWER 1093100 -3 RELEASE 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 ALL CALL Park 60 Park 61 Night Park[...]

DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 13 Features Features Introduction Intr oduction How T o Use This Chapter This chapter provides detailed information on the system’ s features. The features in this chapter are in alpha- betical order , like a dictionary, and are subdi vided into headings as follo ws: ❥ Description Read Description to get an ov e[...]

Account Codes 14 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Account Codes Description Account Codes are user-dialed codes that help cate gorize and/or restrict outside calls. Account Codes are from 2-10 digits long, using any combination of the digits 0-9. There are three types of Account Codes: ❥ Optional (Unforced Account Codes) ❥ Forced Account Codes [...]

Account Codes DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 15 Features An extension user can preselect a line for a Last Number Redial or Sa ve call. Account Codes and Emergency Calls Account Codes are ne ver enforced for emergenc y (911 and 1+911) calls. DSS Console Account Code Ke y A keyset user can ha ve an Account Code key on their DSS Console. It w orks [...]

Account Codes 16 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up Forced Account Codes 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes (enable Forced Account Codes), in 1412-04: F orced Account Codes (page 651) for the extension’ s Class of Service lev el, enter Ye s . 3. If no (disable Forced Ac[...]

Account Codes DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 17 Features Programming Examples 1. In 1412-04: F orced Account Codes (page 651), enter Ye s . 2. In 1412-06: Account Codes for T oll Calls Only (page 651), enter Ye s . 3. In 1551-04: Account Code T oll Restriction Le vel (page 668), enter 2 (for example). Make the follo wing entries for T oll Restric[...]

Account Codes 18 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. In 1412-04: F orced Account Codes (page 651), enter Ye s . 2. In 1412-06: Account Codes for T oll Calls Only (page 651), enter Ye s . 3. In 1551-04: Account Code T oll Restriction Le vel (page 668), enter 2 (for example). Make the follo wing entries for T oll Restriction Level 2. 4. In 3511-01: A[...]

Account Codes DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 19 Features Other Related Features Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) • Y ou can use Store and Forw ard with Forced Account Codes. Last Number Redial (page 219) and Save Number Dialed (page 298) • Last Number Redial and Sa ve do not store Account Codes. This means that the user mus[...]

Account Codes 20 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Forced Account Codes [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] • F orced Account Codes may prevent Speed Dial from dialing 911 emergency services. • Forced Account Codes do not apply to incoming calls. T o enter a Forced Ac[...]

Alphanumeric Display DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 21 Features Alphanumeric Display Description The 22- and 34-Button Display T elephones ha ve a three-line, 24-character per line alphanumeric display . The fi rst line displays the date and time (while idle) and feature status messages. The second line is used extensi vely by IntraMail. The thi[...]

Attendant Call Queuing 22 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Attendant Call Queuing Description An unlimited number of callers can queue for the attendant. The callers hear ringback while the y wait for the attendant to answer — not busy tone. If you ha ve the attendant as the o ver fl o w destination for Direct Inward Lines, for example, unanswer[...]

Attendant Call Queuing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 23 Features Operation Attendant Call Queuing [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call fl ashing the Operator Call K e y: 1. Press the fl ashing Operator Call key .[...]

Attendant Position 24 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Attendant Position Description The attendant is the focal point for call processing within the system. The system can ha ve up to four atten- dants. In addition to the features of a standard ke yset, the attendant also has the following unique capabilities (refer to the respectiv e feature for [...]

Attendant Position DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 25 Features Programming 1. A DSS Console will also help the attendant process calls more quickly . 1. For a single operator: - In 1501-01: Number of Operators (page 652), enter 1 . - In 1502-01: Operator Number 1 (page 653), enter the e xtension number for operator 1. - If you omit this step, by d[...]

Attendant Position 26 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Bar ge In (Intrusion) (page 36) Since the attendant is nev er busy , Intercom callers cannot Bar ge In on an attendant. Call Covera ge K e ys (page 40) A Call Cov erage Ke y will not pick up a call ringing the attendant’ s Operator Call K ey . Call W aiting / C[...]

Attendant Position DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 27 Features Operation Attendant P osition [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o call the attendant: 1. Press INTERCOM . • Y ou hear dial tone. 2. Dial 0 . • Y ou hear two beeps. • This calls the attendant assign[...]

Auto Redial 28 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Auto Redial Description Auto Redial periodically redials a busy outside number . If a keyset user places an outside call and the call recipient is busy , the user can press a soft ke y to enable Auto Redial. The keyset user doesn’ t hav e to retry the number , hoping it will go through. Auto Redial [...]

Auto Redial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 29 Features Programming 1. If yes, leav e 1602-06: Repeat Redial T imer (page 673) at its current setting. 2. If no, change 1602-06: Repeat Redial T imer (page 673) to meet the site requirements. 1. If yes, leav e 1602-07: Repeat Redial Busy T imer (page 673) at its current setting. 2. If no, change 1602[...]

Automatic Handsfree 30 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Automatic Handsfree Description Automatic Handsfree allows a k eyset user to place or answer a call Handsfree by just pressing a ke y — with- out lifting the handset or pressing SPEAKER fi rst. If enabled, the system pro vides Automatic Handsfree for: ❥ Call Cov erage keys ❥ Central Of [...]

Automatic Handsfree DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 31 Features Other Related Features Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) W ith Automatic Handsfree, an extension user can press a line key to place an outside call without fi rst lifting the handset or pressing SPEAKER . Users without Automatic Handsfree can preselect a line ke y b[...]

Automatic Ring Down 32 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Automatic Ring Down Description T urn to Ringdown Extension (page 293).[...]

Automatic Slot Configuration DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 33 Features Automatic Slot Con fi guration Description Automatic Slot Con fi guration automatically sets up station and line PCBs when you initially po wer up the system. This simpli fi es installation because you don’t hav e to use system programming to activ ate station and line [...]

Background Music 34 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Background Music Description Background Music (BGM) sends music from a customer-pro vided music source to speakers in ke ysets. If an extension user acti v ates it, BGM plays whenev er the extension is idle. Incoming calls and P aging announce- ments temporarily ov erride (turn off) Background Mu[...]

Background Music DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 35 Features Other Related Features Features Do Not Disturb (page 143) DND does not affect the operation of Background Music. Headset Compatibility (page 198) Background Music plays in the headset when the extension is in the headset mode. Music on Hold (page 246) Background Music and Music on Hold s[...]

Barge In (Intrusion) 36 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Barge In (Intrusion) Description Barge In permits an e xtension user to break into another extension user’ s established call. This sets up a three-way con v ersation between the intruding extension and the two parties on the initial call. The user can Barge In on an Intercom call or outsid[...]

Barge In (Intrusion) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 37 Features Operation Barge In (Intrusion) [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o Barge In on a call: 1. Place one of the follo wing types of call: • Call busy e xtension. • Press line ke y for busy line. • Pre[...]

Battery Backup 38 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Battery Backup Description In the ev ent of commercial AC po wer failure, the N AND Flash memory on the CPU PCB permanently main- tains the site database. Additionally , an internal battery on the CPU provides short-term backup of the sys- tem date and time (Real T ime Clock) and certain station pa[...]

Brightness Control DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 39 Features Brightness Control Description T urn to V olume, Brightness, and Contr ast Contr ols (page 388).[...]

Call Coverage Keys 40 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Coverage Keys Description A keyset can ha ve Call Co verage K eys for a co-w orker’ s extensions, Ring Group master numbers and UCD Group master numbers. The Call Co verage K ey lights when the co-w orker’ s extension is busy , fl ashes slowly when the co-worker has an incoming call, [...]

Call Coverage Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 41 Features Programming 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758): - For an Immediate Ring Call Co verage ke y , assign key code 06. - For a No Ring (Lamp Only) Call Co verage ke y , assign key code 07. - For a Delay Ring Call Co verage ke y , assign key code 08. 2. In 2121-[01 to 24[...]

Call Coverage Keys 42 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Dir ect Station Selection (DSS) Console (page 120) DSS Consoles can hav e Call Cov erage keys. Distinctive Ringing (page 135) By using Ke y Ring Override, Distincti ve Ringing allo ws an e xtension user to set up unique ringing for their Call Cov erage keys. Door[...]

Call Coverage Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 43 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Answering Call Co verage K eys [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call ringing or fl ashing a Call Co vera ge key: 1. Press the fl ashing Call Cov erage k[...]

Call Forwarding 44 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Forwarding Description Call Forw arding permits an extension user to redirect their call to another extension. The types of Call For - warding are: ❥ Call Forwarding when Not Answered Calls ringing the extension forward when not answered. ❥ Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered Calls [...]

Call Forwarding DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 45 Features Call Forwarding T oggle in a P ersonal Speed Dial Bin If an extension doesn’ t hav e an av ailable Feature K ey for a Call Forw arding key , the user can program a Per - sonal Speed Dial bin for similar operation (without the BLF). T o do this: ❥ While on hook, dial #77 . ❥ Press th[...]

Call Forwarding 46 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Forwarding Timer s The follo wing diagrams show ho w the system implements v arious timers when handling forwarded calls. Refer to the programming for each indi vidual timer for more information. T ransferred Outside Call to Forwar ded Extension DIL (no over fl ow) to Forwar ded Extension 16[...]

Call Forwarding DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 47 Features DIL (with over fl ow) to Forwar ded Extension Outside Call on Hold at Forwar ded Extension Conditions • An e xtension’ s Call F orwarding is reinstated after a po wer down or system reset. F or example, an extension with calls forwarded immediately to v oice mail will still be forwar[...]

Call Forwarding 48 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1406-02: Internal Call F orwarding (page 643) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1406-02: Internal Call F orwarding (page 643) enter No . 1. In yes, leav e 1601-03: Call F orward No Answe[...]

Call Forwarding DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 49 Features Gr oup Ring (page 189) Call Forw arding will not reroute Group Ring calls. Inter com (page 211) Call Forw arding when Busy and Call Forwarding when Busy/Not Answered will not reroute voice- announced Intercom calls. It will reroute only ringing Intercom calls. K e y Ring (page 214) Call F[...]

Call Forwarding 50 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Activating or Canceling Call Forwar ding In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o activate Call Forwar ding: 1. Select the Call Forwarding options. [Menu + Call Forward] [Menu + Cfwd] Alternately do one of the follo wing: • Pres[...]

Call Forwarding Off Premises DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 51 Features Call Forwarding Off Premises Description Off Premises Call F orwarding allo ws a ke yset user to forward their calls to an of f-site location (such as a cell phone or remote of fi ce) if allowed by their Class of Service. K eyset users can stay in touch by ha ving Of f Premi[...]

Call Forwarding Off Premises 52 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual • An e xtension Speed Dial number stored in bin 719 should not be longer than 16 digits. If it is, the sys- tem automatically clears bin 719 when it stores an Of f Premises Call Forwarding number in bin 720. • An e xtension user cannot off premise call forw ard to a Personal Speed[...]

Call Forwarding Off Premises DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 53 Features Other Related Features Features Call F orwarding (page 44) Call Forwarding permits an e xtension user to redirect their call to another extension. Single Line T elephones (page 305) Call Forwarding Of f Premises is not a vailable at single line telephones. IntraMail Features [...]

Call Forwarding Off Premises 54 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual c. To view the currently enabled Off Premises Call Forw arding number (if any): [VIEW] [View] Select to vie w the currently stored number . • Press SPEAKER to exit the view mode. 4. Select the Call Forwarding mode. [All] [All] Select forwarding all calls. • Alternately dial 2 . [L[...]

Call T imer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 55 Features Call Timer Description Call T imer lets a k eyset user with a Call T imer key time their outside calls on the telephone display . There are two types of Call T imer keys: ❥ Manual Call Timer Any time while placing a call or while on a call, a display k eyset user can press their Manual Call[...]

Call T imer 56 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Caller ID (page 63) The Auto T imer feature interacts with Caller ID on the fi rst line of the telephone display . Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) Call T imer sho ws the time a user has been on an outside call. Flash (page 177) Flash restarts the Call T imer[...]

Call T imer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 57 Features Stopping and Restarting the Call Timer f or Y our Call In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o stop the Call Timer: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. [Timer] [Time] Press the Call T imer soft k ey . b. Press the Manual or Automatic Call T imer key . 2. The Call T[...]

Call W aiting / Camp-On 58 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Waiting / Camp-On Description W ith Call W aiting, an extension user may call a b usy extension and wait in line (Camp-On) without hanging up. When the user Camps-On (by dialing 2), the system signals the busy e xtension with two beeps indicating the fi rst waiting call. (The b usy e[...]

Call W aiting / Camp-On DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 59 Features Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the sending extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1402-03: Camp-On to Busy Extension (page 633), enter Ye s for the initiating extension. - Check step 2 belo w to be sure Camp-On is not blocked by the re[...]

Call W aiting / Camp-On 60 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Attendant P osition (page 24) An extension user cannot Camp-On to the attendant because the attendant’ s extension is ne ver b usy . Callback (page 61) If an extension user Camps-On and then hangs up, the system con verts the Camp-On to a Callback. Caller [...]

Callback DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 61 Features Callback Description When an extension user calls a b usy co-worker , they can leav e a Callback request for a return call. The sys- tem services Callback requests as follo ws: ❥ Caller at extension A leav es a Callback at extension B. - Caller can place or answer additional calls in the mean [...]

Callback 62 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Attendant P osition (page 24) An extension user cannot lea ve a Callback for the attendant because the attendant’ s extension is ne ver b usy . Call W aiting / Camp-On (page 58) If an extension user starts to lea ve a Callback request b ut doesn’t hang up, the system C[...]

Caller ID DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 63 Features Caller ID Description Caller ID allows a display k eyset to sho w an incoming caller’ s telephone number (called Directory Number or DN) and optional name as the call is ringing. Caller ID supports the telco’ s Called Number Identi fi cation (CNI) and Called Number Deli very (CND) service,[...]

Caller ID 64 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Third P ar ty Caller ID Check Third Party Caller ID Check allo ws an idle or busy k eyset user to display the Caller ID data for another line. The line that the user checks can be ringing or busy . Caller ID Display Separator An extension’ s display can optionally show a calling party number separator[...]

Caller ID DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 65 Features Programming 1. If yes: - In 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (page 825) enter the type of Caller ID required (DSP = 1 , A TR U-DB = 2, T1/E1 ANI = 3 ). - For ANI Caller ID, in 3121-02: ANI/DNIS F ormat (page 825) and 3121-04: Number of ANI Digits (page 826), set for compatibility with the connected ser[...]

Caller ID 66 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Call T imer (page 55) The Auto T imer feature interacts with Caller ID on the fi rst line of the telephone display . If an exten- sion has Call T imer enabled, the fi rst line (i.e., caller’ s name) of the Second Call Caller ID display won’ t show . The user will on[...]

Caller ID DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 67 Features Operation Clearing the Displa y In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o cancel (clear) the Caller ID displa y and return y our phone to its normal displa y: • Y ou can only do this while you are on a call, not while your phone is ringing. 1. Press CLEAR . T o t[...]

Caller ID Logging 68 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Caller ID Logging Description When caller ID is enabled, Caller ID Logging stores a record of the caller’ s number and name (if provided by the telco) for each outside call that rings an extension. This allows an e xtension user to easily re view and redial their calls. The system can log reco[...]

Caller ID Logging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 69 Features T ypes of Calls that are Logged Call ID Logging will make a record of any outside call to an e xtension that can normally be answered using Ringing Line Preference. These include: ❥ Line ke y (Ke y Ring) and Loop Ke y calls ❥ T ransfers ❥ Direct Inward Lines (DILs) ❥ Group Ring [...]

Caller ID Logging 70 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Setting Up Caller ID Callbacks 1. If Caller ID is not installed, turn to Caller ID (page 63) and set up your system’ s Caller ID. 1. In 3711-01: Caller ID Callback Route T ype (page 856), select the type of route used for Caller ID call- backs ( 1 = line, 2 = Line Group). 2. For li[...]

Caller ID Logging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 71 Features - In 3712-03: Home Ar ea Code Exception List T ype (page 859), specify the Home Ar ea Code Excep- tion List T able as a T oll T able ( 1 ) or a Local T able ( 0 ). - If it is a T oll T able, the codes you enter in the table are toll calls. All other codes are local calls. - If it is a L[...]

Caller ID Logging 72 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Examples 1. In 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (page 825) for each line enter the type of Caller ID required: - (DSP = 1 , A TR U-DB = 2, T1/E1 ANI = 3 ). 2. Set up the outbound route for Caller ID callbacks. - In 3711-01: Caller ID Callback Route T ype (page 856), select the type of route [...]

Caller ID Logging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 73 Features Operation Revie wing the Caller ID Log In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o revie w your Caller ID log: 1. [Calls XX] [CLXX] Select the Caller ID log. • Y our Ring/Message Lamp will wink on (green) when you ha ve Caller ID records that you hav e not [...]

Central Office Calls, Answering 74 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering Description The system provides fl e xible routing of incoming CO calls to meet the exact site requirements. Answering Priority When multiple calls ring an extension simultaneously , the system services the ringing calls in the follo w- ing orde[...]

Central Office Calls, Answering DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 75 Features Programming Basic Programming 1. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), set the circuit type to match the connected service. 2. In 3101-03: DTMF Dialing (page 811) , indicate whether the line is DTMF ( 1 ) or Dial Pulse ( 0 ). 3. In 3103-03: Loop Length (page 815) for analog [...]

Central Office Calls, Answering 76 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up Line and Loop Ke ys 1. For line k eys: - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 03 . - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758), enter the line number ( 1-64 ). - If an extension doesn’ t have any line k eys, you should assign F ixed or[...]

Central Office Calls, Answering DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 77 Features Other Related Features Features Call T imer (page 55) The Call T imer helps a user k eep track of the time they spend on the phone. Dir ect Inwar d Line (page 109) A DIL rings an extension directly . Line K e ys (page 227) Line keys simplify answering outside calls. Loop [...]

Central Office Calls, Placing 78 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Description The system provides fl e xibility in the way each extension user can place outgoing calls. A user can place a call by: ❥ Pressing a Line K ey Any ke yset can hav e line ke ys for one-touch access to speci fi c lines. - See Line K e ys[...]

Central Office Calls, Placing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 79 Features Default Setting • Lines 1-12 ring on line keys 1-12 for extensions 300-315. All other extensions are lamp only for lines 1-12. Lines 13-64 do not appear on line ke ys. • All extensions hav e full access on all lines. • Line Group Routing (dial 9) is assigned to Line G[...]

Central Office Calls, Placing 80 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Programming 1. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), set the circuit type to match the connected service. 2. In 3101-03: DTMF Dialing (page 811) , indicate whether the line is DTMF ( 1 ) or Dial Pulse ( 0 ). 3. In 3103-03: Loop Length (page 815) for analog lines only [...]

Central Office Calls, Placing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 81 Features Access Code Options 1. For single digit access: - In 1301-[01-10]: Function T ype (page 620), check to be sure the digit 9 is type 3 (Line Group). - In 1301-[01-10]: Expected Number of Digits (page 620) for the digit 9, enter 1 . - In 2113-01: Dial 9 Gr oup (page 738), assi[...]

Central Office Calls, Placing 82 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up T ransmit and Receive Gain 1. If yes, leav e 3103-01: T ransmit Gain (page 814) for the line at it’ s current value. 2. If no, in 3103-01: T ransmit Gain (page 814) adjust the line’ s transmit gain as required. 1. If yes, leav e 3103-02: Receive Gain (page 814) for th[...]

Central Office Calls, Placing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 83 Features Other Related Features Features Account Codes (page 14) Y ou can use Store and Forward with F orced Account Codes. Automatic Handsfr ee (page 30) W ith Automatic Handsfree, an extension user can press a line key to place an outside call without fi rst lifting the handset o[...]

Central Office Calls, Placing 84 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Placing Outside Calls Using Line K eys In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place an outside call o ver a speci fi c line using a line key: 1. Lift handset. 2. Press line ke y . • Y ou hear dial tone on the line you select and the line[...]

Central Office Calls, Placing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 85 Features Using Store and Forward Feature Name In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place an outside call using Store and Forwar d: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press INTERCOM and dial 9 . • Y ou may optionally be able to dial 90 - 98 . b. Pres[...]

Check Key 86 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Check Key Description A keyset user can use the CHECK key to check k eyset and DSS Console Feature K ey assignments and Per - sonal Speed Dial bin names. Conditions • None Default Setting • Enabled Programming None Other Related Features Features Dir ect Station Selection (DSS) Console (page 120) Ch[...]

Check Key DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 87 Features a. Press the Personal Speed Dial bin ke y once to display the name for the lower numbered bin. • For example, pressing bin 1 in this step displays the name for 701. b. Press the Personal Speed Dial bin ke y a second time to display the number stored in the lower num- bered bin. • For exampl[...]

Class of Service 88 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Class of Service Description Class of Service (COS) sets various features and options for e xtensions and outside lines. The system allo ws any number of e xtensions and lines to share the same Class of Service. The Class of Service options are pro- vided by the follo wing programs: ❥ 140x-Stat[...]

Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 89 Features Conference Description Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to their con versation. The follo w- ing table shows the system’ s Conference capacities: The system’ s 32 Conference circuits are dynamically allocated as users request them. Conditions • [...]

Conference 90 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Setting up a Conference In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o set up a Conference: 1. Establish an Intercom or outside call. 2. Press CONF . • Y our hear Intercom dial tone. • Y our caller hears Music on Hold (if installed) while they w ait for you to set[...]

Conference, Meet-Me DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 91 Features Conference, Meet-Me Description T urn to Meet-Me Confer ence (page 236).[...]

Conference, Unsupervised 92 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conference, Unsupervised Description T urn to T andem Calls / Unsupervised Conference (page 341).[...]

Contrast Controls DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 93 Features Contrast Controls Description T urn to V olume, Brightness, and Contr ast Contr ols (page 388).[...]

Cordless T elephone 94 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Cordless Telephone Description The DSX Cordless Lite II T elephone (P/N 730087) is a 900 Mhz digital narro w band FM cord- less telephone that provides mobility , fl exibility and con venience for those who spend much of the workday a way from their desk. Fully integrated with the DSX system,[...]

Delayed Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 95 Features Delayed Ringing Description Delayed Ringing allo ws a line to start ringing a preset interval after the call starts fl ashing a line k ey . This is helpful for co-workers that co ver each other’ s calls. For example, a secretary can ha ve Delayed Ringing for the lines that ring the bos[...]

Dial Number Preview 96 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Dial Number Preview Description Dial Number Pre view lets a display ke yset user dial and re view a number before the system dials it out. Conditions • None. Default Setting • Enabled Programming None Other Related Features Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) Dial Number Pr[...]

Dial Number Preview DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 97 Features 4. Press a line key to ha ve the system automatically dial the displayed number . Dial Number Previe w Editing Example In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o replace 2049265410 with 2039265400: 1. Dial * follo wed by 2049265410 . Y ou see: 2049265410- [...]

Dial T one Detection 98 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Dial Tone Detection Description The system can optionally detect precise CO dial tone for automatically dialed outside calls (such as Speed Dial and Auto Redial calls). W ith Dial T one Detection enabled for a line, the system will monitor the line when initially seized for v alid dial tone o[...]

Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 99 Features Direct Inward Dialing Description Direct Inward Dialing (DID) lets outside callers directly dial system e xtensions. DID saves time for callers who kno w the extension number they wish to reach. T o place a DID call, the outside caller dials the local exchange (NXX) and additional d[...]

Direct Inward Dialing 100 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual - If the telco doesn’t send an y digits into the system, or If the digits sent by the telco don’t correspond to a DID T ranslation T able entry , or If the destination extension is out of service: The call follo ws the 3112-T ermination routing for the line. This includes the settings f[...]

Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 101 Features DID Call Handling The follo wing steps illustrate how the system handles DID calls when the call is not intercepted by an e xten- sion’ s Call Forwarding or Extension Hunting. Basic DID Call Handling 1. If yes: V acant Intercept The call normally follo ws the following Line Ov er[...]

Direct Inward Dialing 102 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual How Call Forwar ding and Extension Hunting Interact with DID Calls The follo wing chart summarizes how the system handles unanswered DID calls when Call F orwarding and/ or Extension Hunting are enabled at an extension. F or the speci fi c routing details, see: ❥ DID Call Handling with C[...]

Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 103 Features DID Call Handling with Call Forwarding and Extension Hunting The following tw o tables show the detailed interaction between Call F orwarding and Extension Hunting for unanswered DID Calls. These interactions occur when an e xtension user enables Call Forwarding and their extension[...]

Direct Inward Dialing 104 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual No Answer *36 • DID call rings destination. • If unanswered, it rings the forwarding destination. • If still unanswered, call routes to Line Over fl ow . • DID call rings the hunt destination. • If unanswered, call routes to Line Over fl ow . Forwarding Off *30 • DID call ring[...]

Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 105 Features DID Station Intercept and Line Over fl ow The following table sho ws the detailed interaction between DID Station Intercept and Line Over fl o w for unan- swered DID Calls. These interactions occur when an extension has DID Station Intercept enabled, the DID line has Line Over ?[...]

Direct Inward Dialing 106 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Programming 1. Be sure your T1 PCB is installed and connected and that your telco is pro viding T1 DID service. 2. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), enter the correct circuit type for each DID line: - 03 for DID W ink Start - 04 for DID Immediate Start 3. In 3101-03: DTMF[...]

Direct Inward Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 107 Features - In 3121-04: Number of ANI Digits (page 826), specify the number of digits the telco provides in the ANI number ( for option 1 abo ve only ). This program does not apply to options 2-4 above. 2. If no, in 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (page 825) do not enter 3 to enable ANI-based Calle[...]

Direct Inward Dialing 108 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. If yes, leav e 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) at its current value. 2. If no, adjust 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) as required. 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1401-09: Receive DID Camp-On (p[...]

Direct Inward Line DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 109 Features Direct Inward Line Description A Direct Inward Line (DIL) is a line that rings an e xtension directly . Since DILs only ring one e xtension, employees alw ays know which calls are for them. F or example, a compan y operator can hav e a Direct Inward Line for International Sales Inform[...]

Direct Inward Line 110 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Programming 1. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), check to be sure the line’ s circuit type matches the connected service. 2. In 3101-03: DTMF Dialing (page 811), indicate whether the line is DTMF ( 1 ) or Dial Pulse ( 0 ). 1. In the day: - In 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination [...]

Direct Inward Line DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 111 Features DIL Over fl ow 1. If yes: - In 3112-02: Enable Day Over fl ow (page 819) enter Ye s . - In 3112-03: Day Over fl ow Destination (page 820) enter the day ov er fl ow destination. The destina- tion can be: - An extension - A UCD Group master number - The v oice mail master number - A[...]

Direct Inward Line 112 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up Line and Loop Ke ys 1. For line k eys: - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 03 . - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758), enter the DIL line number ( 1-64 ). - If an extension doesn’ t have any line k eys, you should assign F ixed or Switc he[...]

Direct Inward Line DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 113 Features Other Related Features Features Call F orwarding (page 44) Call Forwarding will reroute an e xtension’ s DILs. Call W aiting / Camp-On (page 58) A DIL to a busy e xtension will send Camp-On tones (if the extension is programmed to normally recei ve Camp-On tones). Central Of fi ce [...]

Direct Inward Line 114 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Handling Y our Direct Inward Lines In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call on y our Direct Inwar d Line: 1. The line or loop ke y for your DIL fl ashes green. 2. Lift handset. • The key lights on green when you connect to your caller .[...]

Direct Line Access DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 115 Features Direct Line Access Description Direct Line Access lets an extension user access (seize) an individual line. After seizing the line, the user can dial any outside telephone number without restriction. An extension’ s Class of Service allows or denies Direct Line Access. Direct Line A[...]

Direct Line Access 116 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Direct Line Access In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call over a speci fi c line using Direct Line Access: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Press INTERCOM . 3. Dial 1 plus the line number (e.g., 01 for line 1). • If you hear busy tone, yo[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 117 Features Direct Station Selection (DSS) Description If an extension’ s Direct Station Selection (DSS) Ke ys are enabled, Feature Ke ys automatically become Direct Station Selection (DSS) keys when the user presses INTERCOM . Direct Station Selection provides an extension user wit[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) 118 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. If yes: - In 2111-03: Enable DSS/BLF K e ys (page 731), enter Ye s . - In 2114-01: Prime Line K e y (page 741), do not enable Intercom Prime Line. This pre vents the extension’ s line keys from switching to DSS mode when the user lifts the handset while idle. 2. If[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 119 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Placing a Call using a DSS K ey In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call to a co-w orker using a DSS key: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Press INTERCOM . • Y our DSS ke ys show the status of the as[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 120 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Description The DSS Console (P/N 1090024 for black and P/N 090029 for white) gi ves a ke yset user one-button access to e xten- sions, lines, and selected features. This sa ves time for users that do a lot of call processing such as op[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 121 Features Default DSS Console Ke y Assignments The follo wing illustration shows the default DSS Console k ey assignments. Conditions • Y ou must consider the System Load Factor when installing DSS Consoles. Default Setting • The fi rst DSS Console installed auto-IDs as[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 122 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 1202-01: Primary Station P ort Assignment (page 612), assign each DSS Console hardware (physical) port to a software port. - 301 for DSS Console 1 - 302 for DSS Console 2 - 303 for DSS Console 3 - 304 for DSS Console 4 - Note that the fi rst DSS Console i[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 123 Features DSS Console Feature Ke y Assignments DSS Console Feature K ey Assignments (P age 1 of 4) Ke y T ype Description Ke y Code and Data Operation Unde fi ned Use this option to designate a Feature K ey as unde fi ned (no function). 0 N/A Line (page 227) Use this optio[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 124 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Covera ge No Ring (page 40) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a lamp only (no ring) Call Cov erage Ke y . 7 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call co v- ered extension or pick up ringing call. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . . . . Covered ex[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 125 Features System Speed Dial (page 315) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a System Speed Dial key . Y ou assign the ke y to speci fi c System Speed Dial bin. • There is no BLF for this key type. 14 + nnn (bin 001- 999) • Press key to dial stored number . P erso[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 126 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Save Number Dialed (page 298) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Sav e Number Dialed key . • There is no BLF for this key type. 25 While on a call: • Press key to sa ve the number you just dialed. While idle: • Press key to redial a pre viously saved number[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 127 Features Other Related Features Features Account Codes (page 14) A DSS Console can hav e an Account Code k ey to simplify Account Code entry . Call Cover age K e ys (page 40) A DSS Console can hav e Call Cov erage keys. Call F orwarding (page 44) A DSS Console Call Forw ard[...]

Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 128 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation See DSS Console F eatur e K e y Assignments (page 123). User Programmab le Feature Using the Speed Pr ocessing Ke ys on the DSS Console In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o use the ANSWER key: 1. Press ANSWER to answer any call r[...]

Directed Call Pickup DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 129 Features Directed Call Pickup Description Directed Call Pickup permits an extension user to intercept an y type of call ringing another extension. W ith Directed Call Pickup, an extension user can pick up: ❥ Outside (K ey Ring) calls ringing an extension ❥ Direct Inward Lines ❥ T ransf[...]

Directed Call Pickup 130 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Directed Call Pic kup In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o intercept a call ringing a co-w orker’ s extension: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial * * . 3. Dial the number of the extension whose call you want to intercept. • T o intercept a cal[...]

Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 131 Features Directory Dialing Description Directory Dialing allo ws a display keyset user to select a co-work er or outside call from a list of names, rather than dialing the phone number . There are three types of directory Dialing: ❥ System ( C ompany-W ide) Speed Dial names. ❥ I ntercom nam[...]

Directory Dialing 132 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. If yes, leav e 1602-01: Inter digit T imer (page 671) at its current value. 2. If no, adjust 1602-01: Inter digit T imer (page 671) as required. Other Related Features Features Dir ect Station Selection (DSS) Console (page 120) Assign a Directory Dialing ke y on a DSS Console. Extension Hunt[...]

Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 133 Features ii. Look at your telephone’ s display and dial the digit for the letter you want to call. • In the example in step i: - Dial 1 if the name begins with G. - Dial 2 if the name begins with H. - Dial 3 if the name begins with I. • The fi rst name that begins with your selection dis[...]

Display , Alphanumeric 134 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Display, Alphanumeric Description T urn to Alphanumeric Display (page 21).[...]

Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 135 Features Distinctive Ringing Description Distinctiv e Ringing allo ws the installer or keyset e xtension user to customize keyset ringing. This permits the user to determine the type of call just by listening to their ke yset ring. Distinctiv e Ringing provides: ❥ Distinctive Ring Con fi g[...]

Distinctive Ringing 136 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Understanding Ring T ypes The Ring T ypes determine how dif ferent types of calls rings extensions. Each Ring T ype sounds unique because it uses one of the 10 av ailable ring tones. The fi rst four Ring T ypes are assigned by default (see the table below). The last two (B and C) are unassig[...]

Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 137 Features Conditions • None Default Setting • Outside lines, Ring Groups, and UCD Groups use T ype A ringing. • The ASSIGN (ASGN) and KEY soft keys are disabled. • The CONFIG (CNFG) soft keys is enabled. Programming 1. Enable the CONFIG (CNFG ) soft ke ys. - In 2102-01: Class of Servic[...]

Distinctive Ringing 138 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. Enable the RING soft ke ys. - In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. - In 1405-02: Station Ring Override (page 641), enter Ye s . System Programming 2. T o set up Extension Ring Override: - In 2103-01: Day Ring T ype (page 726), enter the[...]

Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 139 Features System Programming 1. T o initialize Distincti ve Ringing system-wide (i.e., return to factory default): - Use 9014-01: Initialize Ring T ones (page 920) from system programming. - This option is not av ailable using an e xtension’ s soft k eys. Other Related Features Features Call[...]

Distinctive Ringing 140 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Distinctive Ring Con fi guration Using Distinctive Ring Con fi guration In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o customize a Ring Set for y our e xtension: 1. [Menu + Ring [Menu + MORE + Ring] Select the Distinctive Ringing options. 2. [Con fi g] [C[...]

Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 141 Features Extension Override Using Extension Override In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o customize ringing for y our e xtension’ s outside calls: 1. [Menu + Ring] [Menu + MORE + Ring] Select the Distinctive Ringing options. 2. [Assign] [Asgn] Select Exten[...]

Distinctive Ringing 142 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Ke y Ring Override Using Ke y Ring Override In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o assign a Ring T ype to a Call Co verage, Group Call Pic kup, or line key: 1. [Menu + Ring] [Menu + MORE + Ring] Select the Distinctive Ringing options. 2. [Key] [Key] Select Key[...]

Do Not Disturb DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 143 Features Do Not Disturb Description Do Not Disturb (DND) blocks incoming calls, Of f-Hook Signaling and Paging announcements. An exten- sion user can acti vate DND an ytime while on a call or while their phone is idle. Once activ ated, incoming outside calls still fl ash the line ke ys. The user [...]

Do Not Disturb 144 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Note: When transferring an outside call to an extension in DND, the T ransfer will be blocked if the extension has enabled DND for all calls (type 3) or DND for outside calls (type 1). The T ransfer will be allowed if the extension has enabled DND for Intercom calls (type 2). Conditions • A syst[...]

Do Not Disturb DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 145 Features Message W aiting (page 238) An extension user can lea ve a Message W aiting at an extension in Do Not Disturb . Night Service / Night Ring (page 252) A DIL destination activ ates the night mode for the DIL when the y press DND. P aging (page 259) DND blocks Paging announcements. Reverse V[...]

Do Not Disturb Override 146 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Do Not Disturb Override Description Do Not Disturb Override lets an e xtension user override another e xtension’ s Do Not Disturb. This allo ws a priority employee (such as a supervisor or e xecuti ve) to get through to a co-work er right away while the co- worker’ s phone is in Do No[...]

Door Box DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 147 Features Door Box Description The Door Box (P/N 922450) is a self-contained analog Intercom unit typically used to monitor an entrance door . A visitor at the door can press the Door Box call button (like a door bell). The Door Box then sends chime tones or ringing to all extensions programmed to recei [...]

Door Box 148 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • Door Box P/N 922450 is a weather-tight unit, and can be mounted outside. It has an operating temper- ature range of -20 to 60 degrees C (-4 to 140 de grees F) and a relativ e humidity of 10-95%, non-con- densing. Default Setting • In DSX 80/160, no Door Boxes are enabled. • In DSX-40,[...]

Door Box DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 149 Features 2PGD AD Module Door Bo x Setup 1. Locate an av ailable 16ESIU PCB digital station port (e.g., station port 10/extension 309). - If you wait to plug in the 2PGD AD Module until after your programming is complete, the second- ary station port set up in the next step will auto-ID as a Door Box. Th[...]

Door Box 150 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual DSX-40 “Built-In” Door Box Setup 1. Refer to the DSX-40 Har dwar e Manual for additional details. - DOOR 1 is extension 326. - DOOR 2 is extension 327. 1. This programming does not apply to a Door Box connected to a 2PGD AD Module. 2. In 2101-06: Door Relay Assignment (page 723) for DOOR 1 (326) or [...]

Door Box DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 151 Features T ransfer (page 358) An extension user cannot T ransfer a call to a Door Box. IntraMail Features None Operation Calling fr om the Door Bo x In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call from the Door Bo x: 1. Press the Door Box call button. 2. When someone[...]

Equal Access Compatibility 152 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Equal Access Compatibility Description See T oll Restriction (page 351) for more.[...]

Extended Ringing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 153 Features Extended Ringing Description Extended Ringing forces an unanswered call to ring a telephone an extended number of times before rerout- ing. This helps a users that cannot get to their phone quickly to pick up calls (such as a w arehouse worker). Extended Ringing is av ailable with the f[...]

Extension Hunting 154 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Extension Hunting Description Extension Hunting routes calls to a prede fi ned group of hunt group member extensions. A call rings in sequence through the hunt group until answered at a member extension. Extension Hunting is helpful, for example, for a group of co-work ers that share responsib[...]

Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 155 Features Circular Hunting Notes: ❥ For type 3 hunting, an Intercom call will stop hunting when it v oice-announces. Extension Hunting fol- lo ws the Handsfree Answerback/Forced Intercom Ringing setup at each e xtension. ❥ Placing an extension in DND temporarily remo ves it from the Circular[...]

Extension Hunting 156 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual ❥ Calls to the “dummy” extension acti v ate the Call Coverage k eys on the co vering extensions. ❥ Co-workers can transfer calls into the group. They will ring all Call Co verage ke ys for the group. If unan- swered, a call transferred into the group follows the programmed UCD Group o v[...]

Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 157 Features Programming Setting Up Circular Hunting 1. In 2115-01: Hunt T ype (page 746), assign the hunt type for each e xtension in the group. - 1 = Ring No Answer Outside Calls - 2 = Busy/Ring No Answer Outside Calls - 3 = Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls - 4 = Busy Outside Calls 1. In 2115-01: Hu[...]

Extension Hunting 158 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. If yes: - Leav e 1601-03: Call F orward No Answer T imer (page 670) and 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) at their current settings. 2. If no: - T o change ho w long the fi rst member of the group rings, adjust 1603-01: T r ansfer Recall T imer (page 675) as required. - T o change[...]

Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 159 Features Setting Up UCD Hunting 1. In 2115-01: Hunt T ype (page 746), make sure each e xtension in the UCD Group has hunt type 05. 1. In 2115-01: UCD Gr oup Master Number (page 746), make sure each extension in the same UCD Group has the same master number . - Normally , group 1 (master number [...]

Extension Hunting 160 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Extension Hunting Timers The follo wing diagrams show ho w the system implements v arious timers when handling Extension Hunt- ing calls. T ransfer to Hunt Gr oup Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) 1601-03: Call F o[...]

Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 161 Features T ransfer to Hunt Gr oup Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting Routing to Busy UCD Group with Over fl ow 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) 1601-03: Call F orward No Answer T imer (page 670) Call rings extension A for the T ransfer Recall time[...]

Extension Hunting 162 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual DIL (no over fl ow) to Hunt Gr oup Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting DIL (with over fl ow) to Hunt Gr oup Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 66[...]

Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 163 Features Outside Call on Hold at Hunt Gr oup Member Busy/Ring No Answer All Calls (T ype 3) Circular and T erminal Hunting Other Related Features Features Call Cover age K e ys (page 40) A ke yset can have a Call Co verage k ey for a UCD Group master number . The ke y will ring if a call comes [...]

Extension Hunting 164 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Night Service / Night Ring (page 252) T o put DILs to a UCD Group master number into the night mode, press a uniquely programmed UCD Master Night ke y . T ransfer (page 358) • Outside calls transferred to a T erminal or Circular Hunting group member activ ate hunting. In addi- tion, outside c[...]

Extension Hunting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 165 Features Operation Sending a Call to a T erminal or Cir cular Hunting Group In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o send a call to a T erminal or Cir cular Hunting Group: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. T ransfer an outside call to a hunt group member . b. Set up[...]

Extension Locking 166 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Extension Locking Description Extension Locking allo ws a keyset e xtension user to secure their phone when they lea ve the of fi ce. The user may want to do this if their phone has T oll Restriction and Class of Service options enabled that could be easily abused. While lock ed, the restricti[...]

Extension Locking DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 167 Features Operation Locking and Unloc king Y our Extension In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o lock y our extension: 1. Press INTERCOM and dial ##5 . • While your extension is locked, DND winks on and you hear pulsating dial tone when you press INTERCOM . T [...]

Extension Locking 168 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Unlocking an Extension fr om the Attendant’ s Phone In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o unlock an e xtension (and c lear the extension’ s PIN number) fr om the attendant’ s phone: 1. Press INTERCOM and dial ##3 . • Y ou must ha ve a PIN number entered[...]

Feature Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 169 Features Feature Keys Description Each ke yset has Feature Ke ys. These Feature K eys simplify placing calls, answering calls and using certain features. Y ou can customize the function of any k eyset’ s Feature Keys from the system program and the User Programmable Features. The 22-Button Standar[...]

Feature Keys 170 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • If you unplug a 34-button telephone and replace it with a 22-b utton telephone, Feature Ke ys 13-24 are inaccessible. Howe v er , the system still retains the programming for those keys. Default Setting • In DSX-80/160, keys 1-12 are line ke ys for lines 1-12 and keys 13-24 are unde[...]

Feature Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 171 Features Loop Ke y (Fixed) (page 233) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Fixed Loop ke y . 02 + nn (Line Gr oup 90-98) Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop key idle. On (green) . . . . . . . . . Y ou are busy on a loop ke y call. Slow Flash . . . . . . . . . Line is [...]

Feature Keys 172 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Covera ge No Ring (page 40) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a lamp only (no ring) Call Cov erage Ke y . 07 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call co v- ered extension or pick up ringing call. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Covered e xtension is idle. O[...]

Feature Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 173 Features System Speed Dial (page 315) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a System Speed Dial key . Y ou assign the ke y to speci fi c System Speed Dial bin. • There is no BLF for this key type. 14 + nnn (bin 001- 999) • Press key to dial stored number . P ersonal Speed Dial (page 315) [...]

Feature Keys 174 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Rever se V oice Over Ke y (page 289) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Rev erse V oice Over key . 23 + nnn (extension number) • While on a handset call, press ke y to place a priv ate Intercom call to cov ered extension. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assigned ex[...]

Feature Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 175 Features Other Related Features Features Account Codes (page 14) An extension can ha ve an Account Code key to simplify Account Code entry . Call Cover age K e ys (page 40) An extension can ha ve Call Co verage ke ys. Call F orwarding (page 44) An extension’ s Call Forwarding k ey can streamline C[...]

Feature Keys 176 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Speed Dial (page 315) An extension can ha ve ke ys for Personal and System Speed Dial bins. V oice Mail (page 372) An extension can ha ve v oice mail Record and Message Center keys. IntraMail Features None Operation See Extension F eatur e K e y Assignments (page 170). User Programmab le Feature Pro[...]

Flash DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 177 Features Flash Description Flash allo ws an extension user to access certain CO and PBX features by interrupting line loop current. Flash lets an extension user tak e full advantage of whate ver features the connected telco or PBX of fers. Y ou must set the Flash parameters for compatibility with the conne[...]

Flash 178 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Call T imer (page 55) Flash restarts the Call T imer . PBX / Centr ex Compatibility (page 270) Flash allo ws an extension user to access certain telco or PBX features. T oll Restriction (page 351) When an extension user with T oll Restriction enabled fl ashes a line, the sy[...]

Flexible Numbering Plan DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 179 Features Flexible Numbering Plan Description The system’ s Flexible Numbering Plan allows you to change the digits users dial to reach the attendant, other co-worker’ s, outside lines, UCD Groups, and Ring Groups. The follo wing chart sho ws the areas of the system number plan you can[...]

Flexible Numbering Plan 180 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In yes: - In 1301-[01-10]: Function T ype (page 620), assign another digit (e xcept 3) to type 1 (operator access). - In 1301-[01-10]: Expected Number of Digits (page 620), change the expected digits option for the ne w digit to 2 . - Be sure your choice does not af fect ot[...]

Flexible Numbering Plan DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 181 Features 1. If yes: - In 1301-[01-10]: Function T ype (page 620), assign another digit (e xcept 3) to type 2 (extension access). - In 1301-[01-10]: Expected Number of Digits (page 620), change the expected digits option for the ne w digit to 3 . - In 1311-01: Station Extension Number (pag[...]

Forced Line Disconnect 182 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Forced Line Disconnect Description Forced Line Disconnect allo ws an extension user to disconnect (release) another e xtension’ s acti ve outside call. Forced Line Disconnect lets a user access a b usy line in an emergenc y , when no other lines are av ail- able. Maintenance technicians [...]

Forced Line Disconnect DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 183 Features Operation Using Forced Line Disconnect In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o disconnect a busy line: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press the line ke y for the busy line. b. Press INTERCOM and dial the line’ s extension number (e.g., 101 for li[...]

Group Call Pickup 184 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Group Call Pickup Description Group Call Pickup allo ws an extension user to answer a call ringing an extension in their assigned Pickup Group. This permits co-w orkers in the same Pickup Group to easily answer each other’ s ringing calls. The user can intercept the ringing call by dialing a [...]

Group Call Pickup DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 185 Features 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758): - For an Immediate Ring Group Call Pickup k ey , assign key code 09. - For a No Ring (Lamp Only) Group Call Pickup ke y , assign key code 10. - For a Delay Ring Group Call Pickup k ey , assign key code 11. 2. In 2121-[01 to 24]: [...]

Group Call Pickup 186 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Answering a Pic kup Gr oup Call In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call ringing a phone in y our Pic kup Group: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press the fl ashing Group Call Pickup ke y . b[...]

Group Listen DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 187 Features Group Listen Description Group Listen permits a keyset user to talk on the handset and ha ve their caller’ s voice broadcast o ver the telephone speaker . This lets the ke yset user’ s co-work ers listen to the con versation. Group Listen turns of f the keyset’ s Handsfree microphone [...]

Group Listen 188 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Group Listen In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o set up Group Listen: 1. Place or answer a call using the handset. 2. Press SPEAKER twice (but do not hang up). • SPEAKER fl ashes slo wly red. 3. T alk to the caller through your handset. • Y ou[...]

Group Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 189 Features Group Ring Description Group Ring allows you to arrange e xtensions into Ring Groups for answering calls. When a call comes into the Ring Group master number , all extensions in the group ring simultaneously . Any user in the Ring Group can answer the call just by lifting the handset. The rin[...]

Group Ring 190 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Programming 1. If yes, in 2113-02: Ring Gr oup (page 738) enter the Ring Group ( 1 - 8 ) to which the e xtension belongs. 2. If no, in 2113-02: Ring Gr oup (page 738) enter 0 . 1. If yes, in 2201-01: Ring Gr oup Name (page 779) enter the Ring Group name. - The name sho ws on a keyset[...]

Group Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 191 Features Setting Up Ring Group DILs 1. If yes, in 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819) enter the Ring Group master number . - Use a System Night ke y to switch a DIL to a Ring Group from day to night mode. 2. If no, in 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819) enter a day dest[...]

Group Ring 192 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Adjusting Ring Group Timer s 1. If yes, leav e 1601-01: Line No Answer T imer (page 669) at its current setting. 2. If no, change 1601-01: Line No Answer T imer (page 669) as required. 1. If yes, leav e 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) at it’ s current setting. 2. If no, change 1601-02: DIL [...]

Group Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 193 Features Operation Placing and T ransferring Ring Gr oup Calls Placing an Inter com Call to a Ring Group In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o make an Intercom call to a Ring Gr oup: 1. Lift handset and press INTERCOM . 2. Dial the Ring Group number (e.g., 600). 3. W [...]

Group Ring 194 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Answering Ring Gr oup Calls Answer a Call to a Ring Gr oup In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call ringing y our Ring Gr oup: 1. Do one of the follo wing: a. If the call doesn’t appear on a line or loop k ey: Lift handset. b. If the call appears on a lin[...]

Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 195 Features Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback Description Handsfree Handsfree allo ws a keyset user to process calls using the speaker and microphone in the telephone (instead of the handset). Handsfree is a con venience for w orkers who don’t ha ve a free hand to pick up the h[...]

Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback 196 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Automatic Handsfr ee (page 30) Automatic Handsfree allows a k eyset user to place or answer a call Handsfree by just pressing a ke y — without pressing SPEAKER fi rst. Headset Compatibility (page 198) Handsfree is not av ailable to extensions [...]

Handsfree and Handsfree Answerback DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 197 Features User Programmab le Feature a. T o turn incoming voice announcements on: [On + EXIT] [On + EXIT] b. T o turn incoming voice announcements of f: [Off + EXIT] [Off + EXIT] Setting Up Incoming V oice Announcements Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Handsfree Answerbac[...]

Headset Compatibility 198 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Headset Compatibility Description A keyset user can utilize a customer -provided headset in place of the handset. Lik e using Handsfree, using the headset frees up the user’ s hands for other work. Howe ver , the headset pro vides priv ac y not av ailable from Handsfree. Headset Compatibi[...]

Headset Compatibility DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 199 Features Headset Ke y A keyset user can ha ve a Feature K ey on their telephone or DSS Console assigned as a Headset key . The user presses the key to enable or disable the headset mode, as an alternative to using the #HL User Pro- grammable Feature. The key lights while the extension is in[...]

Headset Compatibility 200 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. T o assign a Headset ke y to an extension Feature K ey: - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), to assign the key as a Headset k ey enter 28 . (There is no associated Data entry .) 2. T o assign a Headset ke y to a DSS Console Feature Ke y: - In 2402-[01-60]: [...]

Headset Compatibility DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 201 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Using the Headset In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o connect the headset: 1. Plug a compatible headset into the telephone headset jack. T o turn the headset mode on and off: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Pr[...]

Hold 202 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Hold Description Hold lets an extension user put a call in a temporary waiting state. The caller on Hold hears silence or Music on Hold, not con versation in the e xtension user’ s w ork area. While the call w aits on Hold, the extension user may process calls or use a system feature. Outside calls left o[...]

Hold DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 203 Features Hold Recall Display The Hold recall display identi fi es: ❥ The type of call recalling the extension. ❥ The extension which initially placed the call on Hold. The Hold recall displays occurs as the call is ringing the extension that initially placed it on Hold, and after the call di verts to K[...]

Hold 204 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Call T imer (page 55) A user’ s Call T imer starts when they pick up a call from Hold. If they place the call on Hold and another user picks it up, the timer restarts for the ne w user . Confer ence (page 89) If an extension user places a Conference on Hold, no other partic[...]

Hold DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 205 Features 1. Lift the handset and press INTERCOM . 2. Dial *4 . 3. Dial the number of the line that is on Hold. • For example, dial 01 for line 1. Using Exclusive Hold In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place an outside call on Exc lusive Hold: 1. Press HOLD twice. • [...]

Hold 206 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual T o retrieve y our call fr om Exclusive Hold: 1. Lift the handset and dial *7 . T o pick up an outside call on system Hold at a co-w orker’ s extension: • Y ou must kno w the number of the line that is on Hold. 1. Lift the handset and dial *4 . 2. Dial *4 . 3. Dial the number of the line that is on Hold[...]

Hotline DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 207 Features Hotline Description Hotline gi ves a ke yset user with a programmed Hotline key one-b utton calling and T ransfer to another exten- sion (the Hotline partner). Hotline helps co-workers that w ork closely together . The Hotline partners can call or T ransfer calls to each other just by pressing a[...]

Hotline 208 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. For V oice Over , in 2116-02: Of f Hook Signaling for Calls fr om Hotline P artner (page 749) enter 2 . 2. For Camp-On, in 2116-02: Of f Hook Signaling for Calls fr om Hotline P artner (page 749) enter 1 . 3. For no signaling, in 2116-02: Of f Hook Signaling for Calls fr om Hotline P artner (page 749)[...]

Hotline DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 209 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Using Hotline In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call to y our Hotline partner: 1. Press your Hotline ke y . T o transfer a call to y our Hotline partner: 1. While on a call, press your Hotline ke y . 2. Do one of [...]

Interactive Soft Keys 210 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Interactive Soft Keys Description Interactiv e Soft Ke ys provide intuiti ve feature access. It is no longer necessary to remember feature codes to access the telephone’ s adv anced features because the function of the soft keys change as the user process calls. For e xample, while on an [...]

Intercom DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 211 Features Intercom Description Intercom gi ves extension users access to other e xtensions. This pro vides the system with complete internal calling capability . Handsfree Answerbac k and Forced Inter com Ringing Handsfree Answerback permits an extension user to respond to a voice-announced Intercom call[...]

Intercom 212 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Attendant P osition (page 24) Designate each extension’ s operator . Call Covera ge K e ys (page 40) A user can press a Call Cov erage Ke y as an alternativ e to dialing Intercom numbers. Call W aiting / Camp-On (page 58) A user can Camp-On after placing an Intercom cal[...]

Intercom DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 213 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Placing and Answering Inter com Calls In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place an Intercom call: 1. Lift handset and press INTERCOM . 2. Dial your co-worker’ s extension number (300-427). • T o call the operator, dial[...]

Key Ring 214 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Key Ring Description A Ke y Ring line rings an extension according to the settings in 2132-[01-64]: Line Ringing (page 764). Mul- tiple extensions can be enabled to ring immediately or after a programmed delay for each incoming line call. In addition, under certain conditions other types of outside call[...]

Key Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 215 Features Programming 1. If yes: - In 2132-[01-64]: Line Ringing (page 764) enter one of the follo wing:- - 1 for day and night ringing - 2 for night only ringing - 3 for delayed day and night ringing - For day mode K ey Ring, in 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819) press CLEAR . - For nig[...]

Key Ring 216 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Call Cover age K e ys (page 40) Call Cov erage will pick up Ke y Ring calls. Call F orwarding (page 44) A K ey Ring call will not follo w an extension’ s Call Forwarding. Call W aiting / Camp-On (page 58) A Ke y Ring call will not send Camp-On beeps to a busy e xtension[...]

Language Selection DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 217 Features Language Selection Description Language Selection provides telephone displays for soft k eys and system programming in English and Span- ish. Y ou can select the language for each extension in system programming, or the e xtension user can choose their language via the soft ke ys. Lan[...]

Language Selection 218 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1401-11: Language Pr ogramming (page 631) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1401-11: Language Pr ogramming (page 631) enter No . 1. For English, in 2101-03: Station Display Langua ge[...]

Last Number Redial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 219 Features Last Number Redial Description Last Number Redial allo ws an extension user to quickly redial the last outside number dialed. For e xample, a user may quickly recall a busy or unanswered number without manually dialing the digits. Last Number Redial sav es in system memory the last 20[...]

Last Number Redial 220 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2131-[01-64]: Line Access (page 763), enter one of the follo wing: - 2 for outgoing access only - 3 for full access 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1411-04: Enhanced Last Number Redial (page 648) ente[...]

Last Number Redial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 221 Features Operation Using Last Number Redial In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o redial y our last call: 1. Lift the handset. 2. (Optional) Press an idle line ke y to preselect a line. • If you skip this step, the system automatically selects a line from th[...]

Last Number Redial 222 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 3. The system tries to use the same line as that used for your initial call. • If that line is busy , the system automatically selects a line from the same group as your initial call. • If you hear busy tone and your extension has Line Queuing, you can dial 2 to queue for a line to become [...]

Line Group Routing DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 223 Features Line Group Routing Description W ith Line Group Routing enabled, an extension user can just press INTERCOM and dial 9 to place an out- side call. Line Group Routing automatically selects the fi rst av ailable line in the e xtension’ s programmed “dial 9” Line Group. This simpli[...]

Line Group Routing 224 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming - 1. In 2113-01: Dial 9 Gr oup (page 738), check the e xtension’ s dial 9 group assignment. - By default, all extensions use group 90. 2. In 3201-[01-64]: Line Gr oup (page 833), be sure there are lines assigned to the e xtension’ s dial 9 group. - A line can be in more than on[...]

Line Groups DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 225 Features Line Groups Description Extension users can optionally dial Line Group access codes 90-98 to select an av ailable line in the group for outgoing calls. This is helpful in applications that ha ve dif ferent services arranged into Line Groups. For example, dialing 90 could access a group of DD[...]

Line Groups 226 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming - 3. In 3201-[01-64]: Line Gr oup (page 833), be sure lines are properly assigned to their respecti ve groups. - A line can be in more than one group. 1. In 2131-[01-64]: Line Access (page 763), enter 2 (outgoing) or 3 (full) for each line the extension should be able to access. 2. In 213[...]

Line Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 227 Features Line Keys Description A line ke y provides an extension user with one-b utton access to outside lines. The e xtension user just presses a line key to place or answer a call on the line. There is no need to dial codes to access or intercept outside calls. In addition, a line ke y provides a Bus[...]

Line Keys 228 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. T o set up a line ke y on an extension: - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 03 . - In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758), enter the line number ( 1-64 ). 2. T o set up a line ke y on a DSS Console: - In 2402-[01-60]: DSS Console K e y Codes (page 8[...]

Line Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 229 Features Operation User Programmab le Feature Using y our Line Ke ys In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call using a line key: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Press the line ke y . 3. Dial the outside number . T o answer an incoming call using a line ke y . 1. Liste[...]

Line Queuing / Line Callback 230 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Line Queuing / Line Callback Description Line Queuing Line Queueing permits an extension user to queue (w ait in line) on hook for a busy line or Line Group to become free. The system connects the queued e xtension as soon as the line is av ailable. The user does not hav e to manuall[...]

Line Queuing / Line Callback DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 231 Features Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1411-01: Camp-On to Busy Lines (page 647) enter Ye s . - This option does not restrict Line Callback. 3. If no, in 1411-01: Camp-On to Busy Lines (page 647[...]

Line Queuing / Line Callback 232 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Line Queuing and Line Callbac k In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o queue or leave a callbac k f or a busy line: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press the line ke y for the busy line. b. Press INTERCOM and dial the Direct Line Acces[...]

Loop Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 233 Features Loop Keys Description Loop ke ys are Feature Ke ys that simplify the way extension users place and answer outside calls. There are two types of loop ke ys: Switched Loop keys and Fix ed Loop ke ys. Switched Loop K eys For incoming calls, Switched Loop ke ys provide an appearance for an y line [...]

Loop Keys 234 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 01 . - There is no Data entry . 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 02 . 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758), enter the Line Group number for the key (90-98). 2. In 3201-[01-64]: Lin[...]

Loop Keys DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 235 Features Ringing Line Pr efer ence (page 295) Ringing Line Preference allo ws an extension user to answer a call ringing a loop k ey just by lifting the handset. IntraMail Features None Operation Using Loop Ke ys In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o answer a call on a[...]

Meet-Me Conference 236 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Meet-Me Conference Description W ith Meet-Me Conference, an extension user can set up a telephone meeting with their co-w orkers. Each party joins the Conference by dialing a Meet Me Conference code. Meet Me Conference lets extension users hav e a telephone meeting — without leaving the of ?[...]

Meet-Me Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 237 Features IntraMail Features None Operation Using Meet-Me Conference In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o set up a Meet-Me Conference: 1. Page parties and announce the Meet-Me Conference code (#11 or #12). 2. Do one of the follo wing. • Y ou and your co-work[...]

Message W aiting 238 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Message Waiting Description An extension user can lea ve a Message W aiting indication at a b usy or unanswered extension requesting a return call. The indication is a fl ashing V -MAIL key and Ring/Message lamp at the called e xtension. Answer - ing the Message W aiting automatically calls the[...]

Message W aiting DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 239 Features Programming 1. If yes, in 4101-01: V oice Mail T ype (page 863) enter 0 . - The system can have either Message W aiting or v oice mail, not both. 1. If no, in 4101-01: V oice Mail T ype (page 863) enter on of the following: - 1 for Built-In Automated Attendant - 2 for IntraMail - 3 for [...]

Message W aiting 240 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Message W aiting In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o leave a Messa ge Waiting: 1. Place Intercom call to a co-worker . • The extension you call can be unanswered, busy , or in Do Not Disturb . 2. Press V -MAIL . 3. Hang up. T o answer a Messa[...]

Microphone Mute DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 241 Features Microphone Mute Description Microphone Mute lets a keyset user turn of f their phone’ s handset or Handsfree microphone at any time. While the extension is on-hook, Microphone Mute mutes the Handsfree microphone. While of f-hook, Microphone Mute mutes the handset microphone. Once activ[...]

Microphone Mute 242 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Microphone Mute In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o activate or deactiv ate Micr ophone Mute: 1. Press MUTE . • Y ou can do this any time while on the phone or idle (e xcept when an Intercom call is ringing). • Microphone Mute automatically [...]

Monitor / Silent Monitor DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 243 Features Monitor / Silent Monitor Description Monitor lets an extension user listen to the con versation at a busy e xtension. T o implement Monitor , an extension user just calls a b usy extension and dials the Monitor code. The busy e xtension and their caller hav e no indication of th[...]

Monitor / Silent Monitor 244 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Monitor / Silent Monitor In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o Monitor a call: 1. Place an Intercom call to the busy e xtension. • Listen for busy or busy/ring tone. 2. Dial 6 . 3. Listen to the con versation in progress.[...]

Multiple Directory Numbers DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 245 Features Multiple Directory Numbers Description See Call Covera ge K e ys (page 40) for more.[...]

Music on Hold 246 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Music on Hold Description Music on Hold (MOH) plays music to calls on Hold, parked calls, and transferred calls. The music lets the caller know that their call is w aiting, not forgotten. W ithout Music on Hold, the system pro vides silence to these types of calls. Music on Hold is av ailable from [...]

Music on Hold DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 247 Features Programming 1. If yes, 1521-01: Enable Music on Hold (page 659) enter Ye s . 2. If no, in 1521-01: Enable Music on Hold (page 659) enter No . 1. In 3103-05: Music On Hold Sour ce (page 816), assign the MOH source: - 0 for none - 1 for audio input minijack 1 - 2 for audio input minijack 2 -[...]

Music on Hold 248 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Music on Hold is automatic once enabled.[...]

Names for Extensions and Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 249 Features Names for Extensions and Lines Description Extensions and lines can hav e names instead of just circuit numbers. These names sho w on a ke yset’ s dis- play when the user places or answers calls. Extension and line names make it easier to identify callers. The user does [...]

Names for Extensions and Lines 250 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual ❥ 2201-01: Ring Gr oup Name (page 779) ❥ 2301-01: UCD Gr oup Name (page 790) ❥ 2501-[01-16]: Selectable Display Messages (page 806) ❥ 3101-02: Line Name (page 810) ❥ 4111-01: V oice Mail P ort Name (page 865) ❥ 904x-Backup/Restor e (page 927) Other Related Features See [...]

Names for Extensions and Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 251 Features Name Programming Chart Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 &- / ‘ 1 2 ABC a b c 2 3 DE F d e f 3 4 GH I g h i 4 5 JK L j k l 5 6 MN O m n [...]

Night Service / Night Ring 252 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Night Service / Night Ring Description Night Service redirects outside calls to their night mode destination. T ypically , the attendant or supervisor activ ates Night Service after normal working hours, when most emplo yees are unav ailable to answer calls. Lines can ring extensions d[...]

Night Service / Night Ring DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 253 Features Option 4: DIL Day and Night The line is a DIL during the day and at night. The DIL destination’ s DND ke y controls the night mode of the line. T urn to Dir ect Inwar d Line (page 109) for more on setting up Direct Inward Lines. Conditions • None. Default Setting • In DS[...]

Night Service / Night Ring 254 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Dir ect Inwar d Line (page 109) • The extension to which the DIL is terminated controls the night mode of the DIL. • If a DIL is terminated to the voice mail master number , a UCD night ke y (code 18 + the voice mail master number) controls the night[...]

Off-Hook Signaling DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 255 Features Off-Hook Signaling Description When a user is busy on a call, Of f-Hook Signaling indicates that another caller is trying to get through. Off-Hook Signaling helps important callers get through, without w aiting in line for the called extension to become free. After the user hears the [...]

Off-Hook Signaling 256 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Default Setting • Off-Hook Signaling for outside calls is set for Of f-Hook Ringing (option 2) by default. While busy on a call, the extension will recei ve Of f-Hook Ringing for outside calls that normally ring the phone. This includes: - K ey Ring calls - T ransferred outside calls - Direc[...]

Off-Hook Signaling DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 257 Features Hold (page 202) An extension user can place their current call on Hold and answer the w aiting call. Hotline (page 207) Hotline acti vates Of f-Hook Signaling. K e y Ring (page 214) Off-Hook Signaling can occur for K e y Ring calls. P ark (page 266) An extension user can P ark their c[...]

One-T ouch Keys 258 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual One-Touch Keys Description A vailable for Personal Speed Dial. See Speed Dial (page 315) for more.[...]

Paging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 259 Features Paging Description Paging lets e xtension users broadcast announcements to other keyset users and to e xternal Paging speakers. Paging allo ws a user to locate a co-worker or mak e an announcement without calling each extension indi vid- ually . There are two types of P aging: Internal Paging and[...]

Paging 260 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual The equipment you connect to a system relay must be compatible with the following speci fi cations. Refer to your system’ s Hardware Manual for more on connecting to the system relay contacts. Outside Call Ringing Over External P age Line ringing can optionally broadcast ov er External Paging speakers.[...]

Paging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 261 Features Conditions • None Default Setting • All Call and Zone Paging allowed. • Ringing, Door Box chimes, and Background Music do not broadcast over External Paging. Programming Basic Programming 1. If yes: - In 2113-05: P ag e Gr oup (Zone) (page 740), assign the zone to which the extension belong[...]

Paging 262 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual - For relay 2, in 2101-06: Door Relay Assignment (page 723) for the Door Box extension enter 2 . 2. If no, in 2101-06: Door Relay Assignment (page 723) for the Door Box e xtension, enter 0 . External P aging Options 1. In 1531-01: External P age Ring T ype (page 662), enter 2 . - Y ou can hav e outside li[...]

Paging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 263 Features 5. Use 1531-05: External P age Gain (page 664) to additionally control the volume of the system’ s External Page port audio output. 1. In 1521-04: Backgr ound Music over External P age (page 660), enter Ye s . 2. Check Backgr ound Music (page 34) to be sure Background Music is programmed and in[...]

Paging 264 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Making a P age Announcement In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o make an internal P aging announcement: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press INTERCOM , dial *1 , then dial the page zone number ( 1 - 7 or 0 for Al[...]

Paging, Meet-Me Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 265 Features Paging, Meet-Me Conference Description A vailable. Refer to Meet-Me Confer ence (page 236) for more.[...]

Park 266 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Park Description Park places an outside call in a w aiting state (called a Park Orbit) so that an extension user may pick it up. There are two types of Park: System and Personal. Use System P ark when you want to ha ve the call wait in one of 10 system orbits (60-69). Personal Park allo ws you to Park a cal[...]

Park DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 267 Features P ersonal P ark Orbit Recall Displa y The Personal Park Orbit recall display sho ws: ❥ On all extensions that ar e ringing with the recall: - The type of recall (i.e., Personal P ark). ❥ On the extension at whic h the call is parked (while it is ringing): - The e xtension which initially parked[...]

Park 268 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual K e y Ring (page 214) Unanswered Park recalls di vert to K ey Ring. Music on Hold (page 246) If installed, Music on Hold plays to parked callers. Off-Hook Signaling (page 255) An extension user can P ark their current call and answer the waiting call. V oice Mail (page 372) When an extension user with Ring [...]

Park DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 269 Features 2. If a call in Personal Park recalls, you see one of the follo wing. a. If the extension that parked the call doesn’ t ha ve a name: Per sonal Park Recall ST A 301 b. If the extension that parked the call has a programmed name: Per sonal Park Recall 300: Attendant P ark In these instructions: [S[...]

PBX / Centrex Compatibility 270 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual PBX / Centrex Compatibility Description PBX/Centrex Access Codes PBX Access Codes are the digits PBX extension users must dial to obtain outside lines. When the DSX is installed behind a PBX, users must dial these codes befor e the digits for their outside call. For e xample, if the P[...]

PBX / Centrex Compatibility DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 271 Features If 1551-04: Account Code T oll Restriction Le vel = 0 ❥ If an extension user: - Seizes the line, - Dials a valid PBX Access Code, - Dials a number that begins with 0 or 1, DSX requires the user to enter an Account Code for the call. PBX/Centrex Access Codes and SMDR The fol[...]

PC Program (System Administrator) 272 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual PC Program (System Administrator) Description The PC Program is a W indows TM -based application you can use for programming the telephone system and maintaining site databases, instead of using the con ventional telephone programming. The PC Program provides: ● On-Line Progra[...]

PC Program (System Administrator) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 273 Features Conditions • N/A Default Setting • N/A Programming N/A Other Related Features N/A Operation Refer to the PC Pr ogr am User’ s Guide .[...]

Prime Line Preference 274 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Prime Line Preference Description Prime Line Preference allo ws an extension user to place or answer a call by just lifting the handset. The user does not hav e to press a line key , loop ke y , or the INTERCOM key fi rst. This simpli fi es handling calls. In programming, you designate a [...]

Prime Line Preference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 275 Features Programming 1. For k ey: - In 2114-01: Prime Line T ype (page 741), enter 1 . - In 2114-01: Prime Line K e y (page 741), enter the number of a line or loop key: 1-14 for Feature K eys 1-24. 00 for INTERCOM . - This option is not av ailable to single line telephones. 2. For line: - [...]

Prime Line Preference 276 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Using Prime Line Preference In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call on y our Prime Line: 1. Lift the handset. • T o bypass your prime line, press another key (such as a line or loop ke y) before lifting the [...]

Privacy DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 277 Features Privacy Description An extension with Pri v acy blocks incoming Bar ge In attempts and Call W aiting (Camp-On) signals. Priv acy helps extension users that don’ t want their con v ersations interrupted. Note that if an extension with Pri v acy enabled is on a call with an e xtension with Priv [...]

Privacy Release Groups 278 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Privacy Release Groups Description Y ou can program extensions into Pri vac y Release Groups to simplify sharing outside calls. Co-workers in the same Pri vac y Release Group can easily join another group member’ s outside call just by pressing the busy line -k ey . The co-work er immedi[...]

Privacy Release Groups DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 279 Features Programming 1. If yes: - In 2113-04: Privacy Gr oup (page 740), enter the Pri vac y Release Group number ( 1 - 16 ). - Make sure the group members ha ve line ke ys for the lines they want to share. - In 2131-[01-64]: Line Access (page 763), assign access to the lines group members[...]

Private Line 280 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Private Line Description A Priv ate Line is a line reserv ed for a keyset for placing and answering calls. A user with a Priv ate Line kno ws when important calls are for them. Additionally , the user has their own line for placing calls that is not av ailable to others in the system. There are thre[...]

Private Line DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 281 Features 1. If yes: - In 2132-[01-64]: Line Ringing (page 764) enter the type of ringing as required: - 1 for day and night ringing - 2 for night ringing only - 3 for delay ringing day and night - For delay ringing (option 4 only), in 1604-01: Delay Ring T imer (page 678) adjust the Delay Ring timer[...]

Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys (Super Display) 282 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys (Super Display) Description The Super Display T elephone idle menu soft ke ys are customizable in system programming and by the extension user . This allo ws the idle mode display to be tailored to meet the needs of each Super Disp[...]

Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys (Super Display) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 283 Features Conditions • Idle Menu Soft Keys are only a v ailable at Super Display telephones. • When an extension’ s soft ke ys are customized, the user must take some action at the telephone (such as lifting and replacing the handset) before the change takes [...]

Programmable Idle Menu Soft Keys (Super Display) 284 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation User Programmab le Feature Customizing y our Idle Menu Soft ke ys (Super Display Onl y) In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] T o customize your idle men u soft keys: 1. Do not press any k eys and do not lift the handset. 2. Dial #SM (#76). ?[...]

Pulse to T one Conversion DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 285 Features Pulse to T one Conversion Description An extension can use Pulse to T one Con version while placing an outside call to change the dialing mode from dial pulse to DTMF . For a system in a dial pulse area, this permits users to access DTMF services (such as telephone banking) fro[...]

Regional Defaults 286 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Regional Defaults Description Use the Regional Defaults capability to switch your system from the North American mode to the Latin American mode. Switching your system to the Latin American mode makes the following changes: ❥ The default language in programming, SMDR, and all telephone displa[...]

Removing Lines and Extensions from Service DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 287 Features Removing Lines and Extensions from Service Description Supervisors and attendants can remov e problem lines and extensions from service. This helps ensure maxi- mum system performance. For e xample, the attendant can busy-out a noisy line or problem e xtension [...]

Removing Lines and Extensions from Service 288 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Removing Lines and Extensions fr om Service In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o remove or return an e xtension or line to service: 1. Press INTERCOM . 2. Dial #40 . 3. Do one of the follo wing. a. Dial the number of the exte[...]

Reverse V oice Over DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 289 Features Reverse Voice Over Description While on a handset call, Rev erse V oice Over lets a busy k eyset user make a pri v ate Intercom call to an idle co-worker . The b usy user just presses and holds down a programmed Re v erse V oice Ov er key to mak e a pri- vate call to the assigned co-[...]

Reverse V oice Over 290 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Codes (page 758), enter 23 . 2. In 2121-[01 to 24]: F eatur e K e y Data (page 758) , enter the Rev erse V oice Ov er partner’ s e xtension number . Other Related Features Features Confer ence (page 89) An extension user cannot add an incom[...]

Reverse V oice Over DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 291 Features Operation Using Rever se V oice Over In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o place a call using Rever se V oice Over: 1. While on a handset call, press and hold your Re verse V oice Over key . • Y ou hear two beeps, then you can talk to your co-w ork[...]

Ring Groups 292 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Ring Groups Description A vailable. See Gr oup Ring (page 189).[...]

Ringdown Extension DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 293 Features Ringdown Extension Description A Ringdown Extension automatically calls a co-w orker , v oice mail, a Ring Group, a UCD Group, or a Speed Dial number when the user lifts the handset. The call automatically goes through — there is no need for the user to dial digits or press addition[...]

Ringdown Extension 294 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Ringdown In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o use the Ringdown e xtension: 1. Lift the handset or press SPEAKER . T o bypass Ringdo wn: 1. Press INTERCOM , a line/loop ke y , or a Feature Key before lifting the handset or pressing SPEAKER .[...]

Ringing Line Preference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 295 Features Ringing Line Preference Description Ringing Line Preference lets a keyset user answer a ringing call by just lifting the handset. F or a user that primarily answers calls, Ringing Line Preference ensures that ringing calls hav e priority . The tables belo w show the interaction b[...]

Ringing Line Preference 296 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual When multiple calls ring an extension simultaneously , the system services the ringing calls in the follo w- ing order: 1. INTERCOM Key 2. Line K ey (from lo west to highest) 3. Loop K ey (from lo west to highest) In addition, if two e xtensions with Ringing Line Preference answer the sam[...]

Ringing Line Preference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 297 Features Other Related Features Features Attendant Call Queuing (page 22) Ringing Line Preference will not answer a call ringing the Operator Call Ke y . Inter com (page 211) Ringing Line Preference answers a ringing Intercom call before a ringing outside call. Prime Line Pr efer ence (pa[...]

Save Number Dialed 298 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Save Number Dialed Description Sav e Number Dialed permits an extension user to sa ve their last outside number and easily redial it later on. For e xample, an extension user can recall a b usy or unanswered number without manually dialing the digits. The system retains the sav ed number until[...]

Save Number Dialed DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 299 Features IntraMail Features None Operation Using Save Number Dialed In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o save the outside n umber you just dialed (up to 32 digits): 1. Press the Sav e Number Dialed key on your e xtension or DSS Console. T o redial a saved n u[...]

Selectable Display Messaging 300 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Selectable Display Messaging Description An extension user can select a pre programmed Selectable Display Message for their e xtension. Ke yset call- ers see the selected message when they call the user’ s extension. Selectable Display Messaging provides per - sonalized text messag[...]

Selectable Display Messaging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 301 Features Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1406-02: Internal Call F orwarding (page 643) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1406-02: Internal Call F orwarding (page 643) enter No . - Disabling this option wi[...]

Selectable Display Messaging 302 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Setting Up Selectable Displa y Messaging In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o select a Selectable Displa y Message: 1. Select the Call Forwarding options. [Menu + Call Forward] [Menu + Cfwd] Alternately do one of the follo wing: • Press [...]

Selectable Display Messaging DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 303 Features Name Programming Chart Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 &- / ‘ 1 2 ABC a b c 2 3 DE F d e f 3 4 GH I g h i 4 5 JK L j k l 5 6 MN O m n o [...]

Silent Monitor 304 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Silent Monitor Description A vailable. See Monitor / Silent Monitor (page 243) for more.[...]

Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 305 Features Single Line T elephones Description The system is compatible with 500 type (dial pulse) and 2500 type (DTMF) analog telephone de vices. This includes on-premises single line telephones (SL Ts), fax machines, and modems. In DSX-40, SL Ts connect to analog ports in the main equipme[...]

Single Line T elephones 306 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1403-02: Single Ring for Single Line Set (page 635) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1403-02: Single Ring for Single Line Set (page 635) enter No . 1. In 2102-01: Class of Serv[...]

Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 307 Features Operation Barge In 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Call busy e xtension. b. Dial the line extension number (e.g., 101) for Direct Line Access. c. Dial #9 + Line number for Line Dial-up. d. Dial 9 for Line Group Access. 2. Dial 4 . 3. Join the con versation in progress. Call Forwa[...]

Single Line T elephones 308 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call W aiting / Camp-On 1. Call busy e xtension. 2. Dial 2 but do not hang up. • If you hang up, the system conv erts your Camp-On to a Callback. 3. Speak to your co-worker when the y answer their Camp-On ring. Callback 1. Call busy e xtension. 2. Dial 2 and hang up. • Stay on the lin[...]

Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 309 Features 2. Dial outside number . Directed Call Pic kup 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial ** . 3. Dial number of extension whose call you want to intercept. • T o intercept a call ringing an attendant, dial the attendant’ s extension number (e.g., 300); not 0 or 01-04. Door Bo x T o place [...]

Single Line T elephones 310 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Group Call Pic kup 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial *# . Hold T o retrieve a line on System Hold at a co-w orker’ s extension: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial *4 . 3. Dial the number of the line that is on Hold (e.g., 01 for line 1). T o place a call on Exc lusive Hold: 1. Hook fl ash and dia[...]

Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 311 Features 3. Dial the announced Meet-Me Conference code (#11 or #12). • Y our co-work er’ s must join the telephone meeting within the Meet Me Conference time. T o join a Meet-Me Conference: 1. Listen for paged in vitation to join the Conference. 2. Dial announced Meet-Me Conference co[...]

Single Line T elephones 312 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual P ark T o P ark a call: 1. Place or answer call. 2. Hook fl ash and dial * . 3. Dial the orbit number . • System Park Orbits are 60-69. • Personal Park Orbits are *300-*427. T o retrieve a parked call: 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial * . 3. Dial the orbit number . • System Park Orbits[...]

Single Line T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 313 Features Split A single line telephone can Split (alternate) between their current call and waiting calls. The waiting calls can include a cal l you previously placed on Exclusi v e Hold or camped-on calls. T o Split (Alternate) between y our current call and a waiting call: 1. Hook fl a[...]

Soft Keys 314 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Soft Keys Description A vailable. See Inter active Soft K e ys (page 210) for more.[...]

Speed Dial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 315 Features Speed Dial Description Speed Dial gi ves an extension user quick access to frequently called numbers. There are two types of Speed Dial: System and Personal. Speed Dial numbers can be up to 32 digits long, using 0-9, # and *. Every Speed Dial can hav e a programmed name up to 18 characters lo[...]

Speed Dial 316 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Note that this unique Centrex integration also pertains to voice mail ports accessing stored Speed Dial numbers. Chaining Bins for Dialing Long Number s A Speed Dial number can be up to 32 digits long. The system allo ws this by automatically using the next adjacent bin for entries longer than 16 digi[...]

Speed Dial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 317 Features Programming Setting Up P ersonal Speed Dial 1. If yes: - In 2111-09: P ersonal Speed Dial (page 734) enter Ye s . - In 2131-[01-64]: Line Access (page 763), mak e sure the extension has outgoing ( 2 ) or full ( 3 ) access to the lines they w ant to use for Personal Speed Dial. - T o allo w th[...]

Speed Dial 318 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. For 9 (1-digit), in 1701-01: Number of System Speed Dial Bins (page 714) enter 1 . 2. For 99 (2-digit), in 1701-01: Number of System Speed Dial Bins (page 714) enter 2 . 3. For 999 (3-digit), in 1701-01: Number of System Speed Dial Bins (page 714) enter 3 . The settings of this option do not limit [...]

Speed Dial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 319 Features 1. If yes, leav e 1612-04: PBX/Centr ex Flash T imer (page 686) at its current setting. 2. If no, adjust 1612-04: PBX/Centr ex Flash T imer (page 686) as required. 1. If yes, leav e 1602-03: Dialtone Detect T imer (page 671) at its current setting. 2. If no, adjust 1602-03: Dialtone Detect T [...]

Speed Dial 320 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual b. Enter the Line Group number you want the system to use when dialing your stored number (90-98). c. Press INTERCOM if you want to enter Intercom codes. 6. Press HOLD . 7. Enter the number you want to store (up to 32 digits long). • If storing Intercom codes, you can enter a valid dial sequence usi[...]

Speed Dial DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 321 Features User Programmab le Features a. Enter the line number you want the system to use when dialing your stored number (1-64). b. Enter the Line Group number you want the system to use when dialing your stored number (90-98). c. Press INTERCOM if you want to enter Intercom codes. 6. Press HOLD . 7. [...]

Speed Dial 322 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Name Programming Chart Programming System Speed Dial Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level Speed Dial #SP (#77) #SP + Dial System Speed Dial bin number (e.g., 201) + HOLD + Enter outside line (e.g., 1), Line Group (e.g., 90), or INTERCOM for Intercom feature + HOLD + Number to store + HOLD twice + N[...]

Split (Alternate) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 323 Features Split (Alternate) Description W ith Split, an extension user can split (alternate) between a current call and a ne w call. Split lets the exten- sion user easily alternate between the calls without joining (Conferencing) the parties together . Conditions • None Default Setting • Sp[...]

Split (Alternate) 324 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using Split In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o Split between y our current Intercom call and a ne w Inter com call: 1. Press HOLD to place your Intercom call on Hold. 2. Press INTERCOM to answer your ne w Intercom call. • INTERCOM winks of f (gre[...]

Station Key T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 325 Features Station Key Telephones Description The system offers 22-Button, 34-Button, 34-Button Advanced, and Super Display k eyset telephones. All telephone models are av ailable in two colors: black and white. System keysets pr o vide a host of sophisticated extension f eatures. 22-Button[...]

Station Key T elephones 326 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Ring/Message Lamp Each ke yset has a Ring/Message Lamp. Located on the upper right of the keyset faceplate, the Ring/Message Lamp indicates for the following features: Conditions • None Default Setting • Digital station ports automatically detect the type of connect device when the ke[...]

Station Key T elephones DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 327 Features Programming 1. In 2101-01: Station T ype (page 719), the system automatically detects the following circuit types when a device is connected to a digital station port: - 00 for Unde fi ned - 01 for DSX 22 Button - 02 for DSX 34 Button - 03 for DSX Super Display - 04 for DS 22 Bu[...]

Station Message Detail Recording 328 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Station Message Detail Recording Description Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) pro vides a record of the system’ s outside calls. T ypically , the record outputs to a customer -provided printer , terminal or SMDR data collection de vice. SMDR allo ws you to monitor the us[...]

Station Message Detail Recording DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 329 Features SMDR Report Format SMDR Report Format (P age 1 of 2) Line Character Field Report Star t Header 1 1-32 ST A TION MESSA GE DET AIL RECORDING 33,34 Carriage return, line feed 2 1-10 Date (mm/dd/yyyy) 11 Space 12-16 T ime (hh:mm:ss) 17 A (for am) or P (for pm) 18,19 Carriage[...]

Station Message Detail Recording 330 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • SMDR output disabled. 72 Space 73 T 74 Space 3 1-3 - characters 4 + character 5-7 - characters 8 + character 9-40 - characters 41 + character 42-51 - characters 52 + character 53-61 - characters 62 + character 63-70 - characters 71 + charac[...]

Station Message Detail Recording DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 331 Features Programming 1. If yes: - In 1541-01: SMDR P ort (page 666), enter 1 to enable the RS-232 port to output SMDR. - In 1101-01: Baud Rate (page 603), set the baud rate of the RS-232 port: 1 for 2400 2 for 9600 3 for19,200 4 for 38,400 5 for 57,600 2. If no: In 1541-01: SMDR [...]

Station Message Detail Recording 332 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation SMDR is automatic once enabled.[...]

System Administrator (PC Program) DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 333 Features System Administrator (PC Program) Description A vailable. See PC Pr ogram (System Administrator) (page 272) for more.[...]

System Identification 334 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual System Identi fi cation Description The system administrator can enter the site name and telephone number into the system data base. This information is sav ed into system memory . Conditions • None Default Setting • No entries. Programming 1. In 1011-01: System Name (page 597), enter[...]

System Programming Backup and Restore DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 335 Features System Programming Backup and Restore Description T o pre vent the loss of essential custom site programming, use a CompactFlash Card plugged into the Intra- Mail CompactFlash slot to back up the system database. If the need arises, you can restore the system data- [...]

System Programming Password Protection 336 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual System Programming Password Protection Description The system controls access to the programmable options according to the programming password the administrator enters. There are three passw ord lev els: Conditions • When programming passwords, the system will enforce th[...]

System Programming Password Protection DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 337 Features IntraMail Features None Operation None[...]

T1 Lines 338 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual T1 Lines Description T1 lines require a unique T1 PCB (P/N 80061) and gi ve the system a maximum of 24 lines in a single PCB slot. The a v ailable T1 line types include: ❥ Loop Start (DTMF and Dial Pulse) ❥ Ground Start (DTMF and Dial Pulse) ❥ Direct Inward Dial (DID) W ink Start (DTMF and Dial Pu[...]

T1 Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 339 Features Programming 1. Be sure your T1PCB is installed and connected, and that your telco is pro viding T1 service. 2. In 3101-01: Line T ype (page 809), enter the correct circuit type for each T1 line. • 00 for uninstalled • 01 for Loop start • 02 for Ground Start • 03 for DID W ink Start • [...]

T1 Lines 340 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. T o enable ANI-based Caller ID, in 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (page 825) enter 3 . 2. In 3121-02: ANI/DNIS F ormat (page 825), specify the type of ANI/DNIS received from the telco: - 0 for no ANI/DNIS data - 1 for ANI - 2 for *ANI* - 3 for *DNIS* - 4 for *ANI*DNIS* 3. In 3121-03: ANI/DNIS Delimiter (pa[...]

T andem Calls / Unsupervised Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 341 Features Tandem Calls / Unsupervised Conference Description T andem Calls allo ws an extension user to join two outside callers in a line-to-line conference. The extension user can then drop out of the call, leaving the lines in an Unsupervised Conference. The extension us[...]

T andem Calls / Unsupervised Conference 342 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features F orced Line Disconnect (page 182) An extension user can end an Unsupervised Conference by using F orced Line Disconnect on one of the lines in the tandem call. Single Line T elephones (page 305) T andem Calling is av ailable at Single Line [...]

T andem Calls / Unsupervised Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 343 Features Barging in on a T andem Call In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o Barge In on a T andem Call: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press the line ke y for the busy line. b. Press INTERCOM and dial the line’ s Direct Line Access code[...]

T ie Lines 344 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Tie Lines Description T ie lines directly link a local DSX-80/160 telephone system with one or more remote DSX-80/160 systems. The link is independent of the telco's switched network. When a local system user seizes a tie line, they hear Intercom dial tone from the remote system. The user can the[...]

T ie Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 345 Features 1. T o restrict feature access: - In 3102-01: Line Class of Service (page 813), check the tie line’ s Class of Service level. - In 14xx-COS (Class of Service) (page 628), restrict Class of Service options as required. 2. T o restrict outgoing dialing: - In 3102-02: Line T oll Level (page 81[...]

T ie Lines 346 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Call W aiting / Camp-On 1. Access the tie line and call busy e xtension. 2. Dial 2 but do not hang up. • If you hang up, the system conv erts your Camp-On to a Callback. 3. Speak to your co-worker when the y answer their Camp-On ring. Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing 1. Access the tie line[...]

T ie Lines DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 347 Features Intercom T o place an Intercom call: 1. Access the tie line. 2. Dial the extension number . • T o call the remote system’ s operator , dial 0 . • The call rings the destination extension. Night Service / Night Ring T o answer a call ringing o ver the paging system: 1. Access the tie lin[...]

T ie Lines 348 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual T ransfer T o transfer y our call to a user in the remote system: 1. Place or answer call. • Transferring an outside call o ver the tie line requires that the tie line ha ve T andem Calls enabled and that the extension ha ve Unsupervised Conference enabled in their Class of Service. 2. Press TRANSFE[...]

T ime and Date DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 349 Features Time and Date Description The system T ime and Date appears on display telephones and Station Message Detail Recording reports. The system administrator can change the time and date from the system programming mode. In addition, extension users can change the time and date from the User P[...]

T ime and Date 350 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Battery Backup (page 38) The battery on the CPU PCB backs up the CPU Real T ime Clock for 10-14 days. Station Message Detail Recor ding (page 328) T ime and date appear on the SMDR report. IntraMail Features None Operation User Programmab le Feature Changing the Sys[...]

T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 351 Features Toll Restriction Description T oll Restriction limits the numbers an extension user may dial. By allo wing extensions to place only certain types of calls, the system administrator can control long distance costs. The system applies T oll Restriction according to an extension’ s T ol[...]

T oll Restriction 352 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual The follo wing chart summarizes these tables. T oll Restriction Overview ❥ When you dial: T elephone Banking Continued Dialing (Acti ve K ey Pad) is enabled or disabled by the setting of 3511-01: Active K e y P ad (page 840). ❥ When you dial: 411, 811 N11 Dialing is enabled or disabled by t[...]

T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 353 Features ❥ When you dial: 1010 220 203 926 5400 Equal Access (101 0 XXX) Dialing is controlled by the Equal Access codes entered in 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) (page 844). - The table entries ha ve no af fect on the less common 101X XXX Equal Access dialing. ❥ When you [...]

T oll Restriction 354 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming Basic Setup 1. In 3501-01: T oll Restriction Country T ype (page 839), set the T oll Restriction Country T ype. - F or systems installed in North America, you should select US Domestic ( 1 ). 1. In 2102-02: Station T oll Level (Day) (page 724) and 2102-03: Station T oll Level (Night[...]

T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 355 Features 2. If no, in 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) (page 844) change the table to an allo w table with no entries. This blocks all 1010 + XXX dialing. 1 + Long Distance Dialing Restrictions 1. If yes, in 353x-1+XXX / TBL-A XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) (page 846) set[...]

T oll Restriction 356 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Some Common T oll Restriction Examples Note that the follo wing 4 examples can be simultaneously programmed in the same system – just don’t rein- itialize the T oll Restriction T ables in examples 2-4. Example 1: Allowing Onl y Local Calling Allow users to dial only 7-digit and 10-digit loc[...]

T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 357 Features Flash (page 177) When an extension user with T oll Restriction enabled fl ashes a line, the system enforces T oll Restric- tion on any digits the user dials from the ne w dial tone. For e xample, if an extension user cannot dial 203 926 5400 before they fl ash, the y cannot dial 203 [...]

T ransfer 358 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Transfer Description T ransfer permits an extension user to send (i.e., e xtend) an acti ve call to an y other extension in the system, a Ring Group, UCD Group or v oice mail. W ith T ransfer , any e xtension user can quickly send a call to the desired co-worker . A call a user transfers automatically [...]

T ransfer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 359 Features Interaction Between Call Forwarding, Extension Hunting, and T ransfer Recall The follo wing chart shows ho w the system handles T ransfer Recall call routing when both Call Forwarding and Extension Hunting are enabled at the destination extension. Call F orwarding has priority o ver Exten- sio[...]

T ransfer 360 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Forwarding and T ype 2 (Ring No Answer / Busy Line) Extension Hunting and Call Forwarding and T ype 3 (Ring No Answer / Busy All) Extension Hunting Destination Extension Forwarding T ype Ring No Answer Busy In DND Busy/No Answer *32 • Call rings destination for the 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T im[...]

T ransfer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 361 Features Call Forwarding and T ype 4 (Busy Line) Extension Hunting Destination Extension Forwarding T ype Ring No Answer Busy In DND Busy/No Answer *32 • Call rings destination for the 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer interval. • If unanswered, it rings the forwarding destination for the 1601-03: C[...]

T ransfer 362 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Programming T ransfer Recall 1. If yes, leav e 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) at its current setting. 2. If no, adjust 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) as required. 1. For non-operator e xtensions: - If yes, leav e 1601-03: Call F orward No Answer T imer (page 670) at its curren[...]

T ransfer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 363 Features Hotline A utomatic T ransfer 1. In 2102-01: Class of Service (page 724), check the extension’ s Class of Service lev el. 2. If yes, in 1401-13: Hotline Automatic T ransfer (page 632) enter Ye s . 3. If no, in 1401-13: Hotline Automatic T ransfer (page 632) enter No . Other Related Features F[...]

T ransfer 364 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Reverse V oice Over (page 289) While idle, an extension user can use their Re verse V oice Over ke y to T ransfer calls. Station Message Detail Recor ding (page 328) The system assigns the SMDR record to the last extension on the call. F or example, if extension 306 answers the call, talks for 20 minut[...]

T ransfer DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 365 Features Operation Using T ransfer In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o T ransfer y our call: 1. Do not hang up. 2 Press TRANSFER . 3. Do one of the follo wing. a. Dial your co-worker’ s extension. • T o T ransfer your call directly to your co-worker’ s mailbox,[...]

T ransfer 366 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual T o T ransfer a call to y our co-w orker’ s speakerphone (i.e ., use Handsfree T ransfer): 1. Do one of the following. a. While on an outside call: • Press TRANSFER . • Dial you co-worker’ s e xtension number . b. Press Hotline key for your co-w orker . 2. Listen for two beeps. • If you hear [...]

Unsupervised Conference DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 367 Features Unsupervised Conference Description A vailable. See T andem Calls / Unsupervised Confer ence (page 341) for more.[...]

User Programmable Features 368 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual User Programmable Features Description User Programmable Features allo w an e xtension user to dial mnemonics to customize the w ay certain features work on their telephone. With User Programmable Features, there is no need to rely on a System Administra- tor or Communications Manager [...]

User Programmable Features DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 369 Features Hotline #HL #45 #HL + Press fl ashing Hotline key + Enter e xten- sion for ne w Hotline partner + HOLD + Pro- gram another Hotline ke y or SPEAKER to exit. 3-5 Off Hook Signaling #OHS #647 #OHS + Select mode ( 1 = Outside line , 2 = Hotline partner , 3 = Intercom ) + Select o[...]

User Programmable Features 370 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Extension 300 has its access level fi x ed at 5. (This means that by default only e xtension 300 can dial #TD to change the system time and date.) • All other extensions hav e access lev el 3. Ringing Line Preference #RLP #757 #RLP + Y to enab[...]

User Programmable Features DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 371 Features Programming 1. In 2102-04: User Pr ogr amming Access Le vel (page 725), assign an extensions access le vel (1-5). - Access lev el 5 has the most capability (see the tables abov e). Access le vel 1 has the least capability . - By default, extension 300 has its access le v el ?[...]

V oice Mail 372 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Voice Mail Description The system is fully compatible with IntraMail, UltraMail, and NVM-Series V oice Mail with Automated Attendant Systems. These systems pro vide telephone users with comprehensiv e voice mail and Automated Attendant features. Automated Attendant automatically answers the system’[...]

V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 373 Features P ersonal Ans wering Machine Em ulation A keyset user can ha ve their idle e xtension emulate a personal answering machine. This lets v oice mail screen their calls, just like their answering machine at home. If acti vated, the e xtension’ s incoming calls route to the user’ s Subscriber[...]

V oice Mail 374 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Call Forwarding Timer s and V oice Mail The follo wing diagram shows ho w the system handles an outside call transferred to an extension that is for - warded to v oice mail. T ransferred Outside Call to Forwar ded Extension Conditions • If an extension has a fl ashing Ring/Message lamp and the sys[...]

V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 375 Features Programming Basic Installation 1. T urn the system of f. 2. Plug in the IntraMail CompactFlash card. - In DSX-40, the card plugs directly into the equipment cabinet. - In DSX-80/160, the card plugs into the CPU PCB. 3. Normally , you should leave the follo wing at their default settings: - 1[...]

V oice Mail 376 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 3. In 4101-01: V oice Mail T ype (page 863), enter 4 (for external). 4. Normally , you should leave the follo wing at their default settings: - 1312-01: V oice Mail Extension Number (page 624) ( 500-507 ). - 4101-02: V oice Mail Master Number (page 864) ( 700 ). - 4111-01: V oice Mail P ort Name (pag[...]

V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 377 Features A utomated Attendant Answering 1. In 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819), enter 700 . 2. T o control the day/night mode of lines terminated to voice mail during the day , set up a UCD night ke y on your extension or DSS Console. - T o set up a UCD night ke y on an extension: [...]

V oice Mail 378 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 1. If yes, leav e 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) at its current setting. 2. If no, adjust 1601-02: DIL No Answer T imer (page 669) as required. 1. T o wait for an idle port: - In 2302-01: UCD Gr oup Over fl ow Destination (page 792), enter None (by pressing CLEAR ). 2. T o over fl ow : - [...]

V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 379 Features Other Related Features Features Account Codes (page 14) • V oice mail callout features (such as Message Noti fi cation) may interact with Account Codes if the callout number contains # characters. Attendant P osition (page 24) • STRF transfers to the attendant from the voice mail Automa[...]

V oice Mail 380 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation The V oice Mail Basics In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o call your mailbo x: 1. (Optional) Check the status of your mailbox. • On your display , V -Mail xx [VMxx] is the number of ne w messages in your mailbox. • In addition, your Ring/Message lamp [...]

V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 381 Features T ransferring Calls to a Mailbo x In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o T ransfer y our active call to a mailbo x: Method A (Ring fi rst, then T ransfer) 1. Press TRANSFER . 2. Dial the number of the mailbox to receiv e the T ransfer . • Y ou can optional[...]

V oice Mail 382 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Using Con versation Recor d In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o record y our active call in a mailbo x: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press a Record Feature Ke y on your extension or DSS Console. • The record key can be assigned to yours or a co-worker’ s mai[...]

V oice Mail DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 383 Features Refer to Call Scr eening (page 453). Y ou may fi nd that Call Screening better meets your requirements. User Programmab le Features Using Answering Mac hine Emulation In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o activate or cancel P ersonal Answering Mac hine Emul[...]

V oice Mail 384 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Setting up a Message Center K ey Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level V oice Mail #KP (#57) #KP + Press key you want to program + HOLD + Dial 24 + Enter mailbox number + HOLD + CONF + SPEAKER twice to exit. 3-5[...]

V oice Over DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 385 Features Voice Over Description V oice Ov er lets a user get through to a keyset e xtension user busy on a handset call. W ith V oice Over , the busy k eyset extension user hears an alert tone follo wed by the v oice of the interrupting party . The ke yset extension user can respond to the interrupti[...]

V oice Over 386 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features Attendant P osition (page 24) An operator cannot receiv e a V oice Over from a co-worker since their e xtension is nev er busy to Inter - com callers. Call Covera ge K e ys (page 40) An extension can V oice Over after calling a co-work er by pressing their Call Coverag[...]

V oice Over DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 387 Features Operation Using V oice Over In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o initiate a V oice Over to a b usy extension: 1. Listen for busy/ring tone. • If you don’t hear busy ring, you cannot V oice Over . 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. [V ovr] [V oice Over] Pre[...]

V olume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls 388 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Volume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls Description A keyset user can press V olume Up and V olume Down to interacti vely adjust the v olume of the follo wing features while they are acti ve: ❥ Intercom handset calls ❥ Intercom Handsfree calls ❥ Outside handset [...]

V olume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 389 Features Programming V olume Settings 1. If yes, in 2111-07: Retain Line V olume Setting (page 732) enter Ye s . 2. If no, in 2111-07: Retain Line V olume Setting (page 732) enter No . Display Bac klight and Ke y P ad Illumination Controls 1. These options do not apply [...]

V olume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls 390 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Operation Adjusting y our T elephone’ s V olume In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o interactively adjust the v olume while a f eature is active: 1 While the feature is acti ve, press V olume Up and V olume Down . • Pressing V olum[...]

V olume, Brightness, and Contrast Controls DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 391 Features T o set up the display brightness, contrast control, and dial pad illummination presets: 1. [Menu + Display] [Menu + MORE (2 or 3 times) + Dsply] Select the display preset mode. 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. [Contrast] [Cont] • Select the display contrast p[...]

W alking Class of Service 392 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual Walking Class of Service Description W alking Class of Service allo ws an extension user to temporarily implement their T oll Restriction and Class of Service settings at a co-worker’ s keyset. This is normally used to ov erride dialing restrictions at a tele- phone. For e xample, an [...]

W alking Class of Service DSX Software Manual Features ◆ 393 Features Other Related Features Features Extension Locking (page 166) Extension Locking and W alking Class of Service share the same PIN code. Single Line T elephones (page 305) W alking Class of Service is not av ailable to single line telephone users. Station Message Detail Recor ding[...]

W alking Class of Service 394 ◆ Features DSX Software Manual 4. When you see NEW PIN A CCEPTED : [Exit] [Exit] T o change y our PIN number (if y ou already ha ve one assigned): 1. Press INTERCOM and dial ##6 . 2. When you see ENTER PIN CODE: • Enter your current PIN number + HOLD . 3. When you see ENTER NEW PIN: • Enter your new PIN number + [...]

DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 395 IntraMail Features IntraMail Features Introduction Intr oduction How T o Use This Chapter This chapter provides detailed information on the IntraMail features. Similar to the F eatures chapter , the IntraMail features in this chapter are in alphabetical order , like a dictionary . This chapter subdi vi[...]

Start-Up Programming 396 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Start-Up Programming Start-Up IntraMail Programming 1. Add additional IntraMail mailboxes as required. - In 2141-01: Station Mailbox T ype (page 766), enter 1 . This enables a Subscriber Mailbox for the extension. - By default in DSX-80/160, the fi rst 16 mailbox es are enabled (e[...]

Start-Up Programming DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 397 IntraMail Features 1. Normally , you should leave the follo wing programs at their default settings: - 1312-01: V oice Mail Extension Number (page 624) ( 500-507 ). - 4101-02: V oice Mail Master Number (page 864) ( 700 ). - 4111-01: V oice Mail P ort Name (page 865) ( VM PORT # ). [...]

Specifications 398 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Speci fi cations Specifications Built-In A utomated Attendant Capacities Mailboxes Routing Mailboxes: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Call Routing: . . . . . 8 Announcement: . . . 0 Subscriber:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Ring Group Mailboxes: . . [...]

Application Examples DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 399 IntraMail Features Application Examples Examples of Some Common Applications The examples belo w sho w some common applications. The chart in the be ginning of each example sho ws: ❥ How the rele v ant programmable options work by default. ❥ The Application Summary , which prov[...]

Application Examples 400 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Example 2: Provide Unique Day and Night Dialing Options for Callers 1. Follo wing example 1, set up separate day and night Instruction Menus using Call Routing Mailbox es 1 and 2. - The day Instruction Menu can say something like: Thank you for calling. F or Sales, dial 301. F or T[...]

Application Examples DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 401 IntraMail Features Example 3: Overflow to IntraMail in the Day , Answer in Night Mode 1. In 3112-01: Dir ect T ermination in the Day (page 819), make sure lines are set to K ey Ring (be pressing CLEAR ). 2. In 3112-02: Enable Day Over fl ow (page 819), enter Ye s . 3. In 3112-03:[...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary 402 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual IntraMail Feature Glossary Name Description Usage Administrator Security Code Control • See Security Code in this glossary . V oice Mail Alternate Next Call Routing Mailbo x • See Next Call Routing Mailbox in this Glossary . V oice Mail Announcement Mailbo x Mailbox that [...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 403 IntraMail Features A utomated Attendant T ransfer While on an outside call, an extension user can transfer their call to the Automated Attendant so the caller can use the Automated Attendant dialing options. • See Automated Attendant T ransfer (page 441) for more. V oice Ma[...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary 404 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Con versation Recor d Allows an e xtension user to record their activ e call as a mes- sage in their mailbox. IntraMail will broadcast a beep and a voice prompt to the callers as Con v ersation Record begins. • See Con versation Recor d (page 462) for more. V oice Mail Day [...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 405 IntraMail Features Flexib le Call Routing The Automated Attendant can provide outside callers with a wide variety of dialing (routing) options. There are 3 components to Flexible Call Routing. • Answer T able Determines how the Automated Attendant answers out- side calls on[...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary 406 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Hang Up An Automated Attendant option that immediately hangs up the outside call. • See Hang Up (page 506) for more. Automated Attendant Help • See Getting Recor ded Help in this glossary . V oice Mail Individual Line Greetings • See Multiple Company Gr eetings in this [...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 407 IntraMail Features Mailbo x T ransfer • See T r ansfer to a Mailbox in this glossary . V oice Mail Main Menu The IntraMail options av ailable to an e xtension user when they log onto their mailbox. • See Main Menu (page 523) for more. V oice Mail Make Call A Subscriber Ma[...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary 408 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Retention IntraMail will sav e a mailbox’ s ne w or sav ed messages for the Message Retention interval, and then delete them. • See Message Retention (page 547) for more. V oice Mail Message Send • See Recor d and Send a Message in this glossary . V oice Mail Me[...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 409 IntraMail Features Recorded Help • Pre-recorded voice prompts guide the user through the IntraMail features. V oice Mail Recording a Con versation • See Con versation Recor d in this glossary . V oice Mail Recording a Messa ge • See Record and Send a Messa ge in this gl[...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary 410 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Single Digit Dialing An Automated Attendant caller can press a single key to route to an extension, route to another destination, or use an IntraMail feature. • See Single Digit Dialing (page 572) for more. Automated Attendant Subscriber Mailbo x The mailbox type normally u[...]

IntraMail Feature Glossary DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 411 IntraMail Features Unde fi ned Routing A dialpad digit for which the Automated Attendant has no routing de fi ned. When an Automated Attendant caller dials a digit for which there is no routing assigned, Intra- Mail plays a brief error message and then repeats the dial- ing[...]

Announcement Mailbox 412 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Announcement Mailbox Description An Announcement Mailbox plays a pre-recorded announcement to Automated Attendant callers without providing dialing options. The Announcement Mailbox is typically set up to pro vide information to callers (such as company directions) and then route b[...]

Announcement Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 413 IntraMail Features Direct Announcement Mailbo x Routing (If the outside caller routes directly to the Announcement Mailbox) 4223-03: Next Call Routing Mailbox 4223-01: Repeat Count 4223-02-Hang Up After Action Unde fi ned 0 (No repeats) Y es or No • If the caller doesn’t dial,[...]

Announcement Mailbox 414 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Routed Announcement Mailbo x Routing (P age 1 of 2) (If the outside caller routes to the Announcement Mailbox from a Call Routing Mailbo x) 4223-03: Next Call Routing Mailbox 4223-01: Repeat Count 4223-02-Hang Up After Action Unde fi ned 0 (No repeats) No • If the caller doesn?[...]

Announcement Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 415 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 4221-01: Routing Mailbox T ype (page 890), to make the selected mailbox an Announcement Mailbox, enter 2 . - By default, Routing Mailboxes 9-16 are Announcement Mailboxes. 1. See Operation belo w . - By default, a message is not recorded. 1. T o[...]

Announcement Mailbox 416 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Automated Attendant (page 433) The Automated Attendant can route callers to an Announcement Mailbox. Call Routing Mailbox (page 450) A Call Routing Mailbox (and the associated Dial Action T able) provides dialing options to Au[...]

Announcement Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 417 IntraMail Features Announcement Message Description The Announcement Message is the voice message that the System Administrator records for a speci fi c Announcement Mailbox. See Announcement Mailbox (page 412) for more. Programming See Announcement Mailbox (page 412). Other Relat[...]

Answer Schedule Override 418 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Answer Schedule Override Description Answer Schedule Override pro vides alternate answering for Automated Attendant calls. When enabled, Answer Schedule Override sends calls to the speci fi ed Ov erride Mailbox. The Ov erride Mailbox can be an Announcement, Call Routing, or Su[...]

Answer Schedule Override DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 419 IntraMail Features The Override Mailbox can be a Subscriber Mailbox. System Administrator (page 576) Optionally enable Answer Schedule Override from the System Administrator Mailbox. Operation Enabling Ans wer Schedule Override [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log[...]

Answer T ables 420 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Answer Tables Description The Answer T able determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line, according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is ringing. IntraMail provides 8 Answer T ables. The Answer T able is an integral part of the Automate[...]

Answer T ables DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 421 IntraMail Features The Default Mailbo x and Routing Hierarc hy The Default Mailbox pro vides routing for an Answer T able during periods when a schedule is not in effect. By default, for example, Answer T able 1 Schedule 1 is active Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM. The Def [...]

Answer T ables 422 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Default Setting • All lines are assigned to Answer T able 1. • All outside lines are set to Key Ring during the day and at night. Programming Basic Setup 1. In 3131-02: IntraMail Answer T able Assignment (page 828), assign an Answer T able (1-8) to each line that the Automated Attend[...]

Answer T ables DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 423 IntraMail Features Setting Up a T ype 1 (Day of W eek) Schedule 1. In 4212-[01-10]: Schedule T ype (page 882), enter 1. 2. In 4212-[01-10]: Routing Mailbox Number (page 883), select the Routing Mailbox (1-16) that will answer calls when this Schedule Entry is acti ve. - Y ou can optional[...]

Answer T ables 424 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Setting Up a T ype 3 (Date) Schedule 1. In 4212-[01-10]: Schedule T ype (page 882), enter 3. 2. In 4212-[01-10]: Routing Mailbox Number (page 883), select the Routing Mailbox (1-16) that will answer calls when this Schedule Entry is acti ve. - Y ou can optionally assign a Subscriber Mail[...]

Answering Machine Emulation DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 425 IntraMail Features Answering Machine Emulation Description A user’ s keyset can work like a home answering machine. This lets IntraMail screen their calls, just like their answering machine at home. If activ ated, the e xtension’ s incoming calls route to the user’ s S[...]

Answering Machine Emulation 426 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual When P ersonal Ans wering Machine Em ulation broadcasts y our caller’ s v oice: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Do nothing to hav e the caller’ s message automatically recorded in your mailbox. b. Press SPEAKER or lift the handset to intercept the call. • If your exten[...]

Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 427 IntraMail Features Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb Description When a subscriber enables Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb, Automated Attendant calls to their extension go directly to their mailbox. Their phone will not ring for calls from the Automated Attendant. Y ou can optio[...]

Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb 428 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording a Multiple Greeting and Setting Up A uto Attendant Do Not Disturb [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. G (4) Access the Mailbox Greeting options. [Greeting] - [Greet] IntraMail does the following: • Plays a summa[...]

Auto Erase or Save DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 429 IntraMail Features Auto Erase or Save Description When a m ailbox user completely listens to a ne w message and then e xits their mailbox, IntraMail will either automatically sa ve or erase the message. The setting of this option depends on ho w the subscriber would pre- fer their ma[...]

Auto Erase or Save 430 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features N/A Operation N/A[...]

Auto T ime Stamp DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 431 IntraMail Features Auto Time Stamp Description After a Subscriber Mailbox user listens to a message, IntraMail can optionally announce the time and date the message was left. The Subscriber can enable Auto T ime Stamp from their mailbox, or you can optionally enable it from system prog[...]

Auto T ime Stamp 432 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation T urning A uto Time Stamp On or Off [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. OP (67) Access the Mailbox Options Menu. [MBO X Options] - [N/A] AT (28) Access Auto T ime Stamp. [Time Stamp] - [Time] IntraMail plays a summary of your Auto T ime[...]

Automated Attendant DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 433 IntraMail Features Automated Attendant Description The Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line, according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is ringing. The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system’ s incom- ing calls, [...]

Automated Attendant 434 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Upgrading from the Built-In A utomated Attendant T o upgrade to IntraMail from the Built-In Automated Attendant: 1. Plug the IntraMail CompactFlash card into the system. - See your system’ s Hardwar e Manual for more. 2. Reset the system. IntraMail automatically installs. 3. Rerec[...]

Automated Attendant DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 435 IntraMail Features 1. See Dial Action T able (page 465) for more. Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer T ables (page 420) Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line. Call Routing Mailbox (page 450) The mailbox associated with [...]

Automated Attendant, Built-In 436 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Automated Attendant, Built-In Description The Built-In Automated Attendant giv es the system call answering and routing capabilities when IntraMail is not installed. The Built-In Automated Attendant can use an y of the fi rst eight Call Routing Mailboxes (001-008) for cal[...]

Automated Attendant, Built-In DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 437 IntraMail Features Upgrading from the Built-In A utomated Attendant T o upgrade to IntraMail from the Built-In Automated Attendant: 1. Plug the IntraMail CompactFlash card into the system. - See your system’ s Hardwar e Manual for more. 2. Reset the system. IntraMail aut[...]

Automated Attendant, Built-In 438 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 4101-01: V oice Mail T ype (page 863), enter 1 . 2. (Optional) If you want to upgrade the Built-In Automated Attendant to IntraMail: - Plug in the IntraMail CompactFlash Card. - Reset the system. - All system programming (Answer T ables, Dial Action T abl[...]

Automated Attendant, Built-In DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 439 IntraMail Features 1. See Dial Action T able (page 465) for more. 1. Set the maximum message length in 4201-02: Incoming Message Length (page 872). - This sets the maximum message length ( 1-4095 seconds) for outside Automated Attendant callers leaving a message or Quick M[...]

Automated Attendant, Built-In 440 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Using the Built-In A utomated Attendant For the outside caller: 1. After Automated Attendant answers, the voice prompts will instruct you on which digits to dial. Recording an A utomated Attendant Instruction Men u (Attendant Greeting) Messa ge [Super Display Sof[...]

Automated Attendant T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 441 IntraMail Features Automated Attendant Transfer Description An extension user can transfer their outside call to the Automated Attendant so the outside caller can use the Automated Attendant dialing options. This helps an outside caller , for example, that wants to return [...]

Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers 442 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers Description If an Automated Attendant caller doesn’t dial an y digits, IntraMail will automatically route them to a speci- fi ed option (such as the operator or a mailbox). This lets rotary telephone users stay on th[...]

Bilingual V oice Prompts DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 443 IntraMail Features Bilingual Voice Prompts Description Bilingual V oice Prompts provides IntraMail voice prompts in one of two acti v e languages (primary and sec- ondary). These language choices are a v ailable to Routing Mailboxes, outside lines, Station Mailboxes, and Group [...]

Bilingual V oice Prompts 444 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Primary Language is English mnemonic. • Secondary Language is English numeric. • All mailboxes use the Primary Language. • There are currently no other stored languages available. Programming 1. See How the System Handles Language P[...]

Bilingual V oice Prompts DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 445 IntraMail Features 1. In 4221-02: Routing Mailbox V oice Pr ompt Language (page 890), select the prompt language used by calls answered or routed to the Routing Mailbox. The options are: - 1 for Primary Language - 2 for Secondary Language 1. For the Call Routing Mailbox that wi[...]

Bilingual V oice Prompts 446 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features T ransfer (page 358) T ransferred outside calls use the language setting of the line. IntraMail Features Log Onto V oice Mail (page 515) When doing a Remote Logon through the Automated Attendant, the caller uses the destination mail- box language[...]

Call Forward to a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 447 IntraMail Features Call Forward to a Mailbox Description A subscriber can easily forward calls to their Subscriber Mailbox. Instead of dialing an extension as the for - warding destination, the user just presses their V -MAIL ke y instead. W ith Call Forward to a Mailbox, the [...]

Call Forward to a Mailbox 448 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Call Forwarding is allo wed, but not set up for an y extensions. • Ring No Answer Call Forward occurs after 10 seconds. Programming 1. In 1601-03: Call F orwar d No Answer T imer (page 670), program ho w long an unanswered call will ri[...]

Call Forward to a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 449 IntraMail Features Operation Activating or Canceling Call Forwar d to your Mailbo x In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o activate Call Forwar ding: 1. Select the Call Forwarding options. [Menu + Call Forward] [Menu + Cfwd] Alternately do one [...]

Call Routing Mailbox 450 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Call Routing Mailbox Description The Call Routing Mailbox, associated with an Answer T able, speci fi es which dialing options (Dial Action T able) and announcements are av ailable to Automated Attendant callers. By default, IntraMail pro vides 8 Call Routing Mailboxes (1-8). Ho w[...]

Call Routing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 451 IntraMail Features Conditions • None Default Setting • See Description above. Programming 1. In 4221-01: Routing Mailbox T ype (page 890), enter 1 . - Select the Routing Mailbox ( 1-16 ) you want to program. - By default, Call Routing Mailbox es are 1-8 . 1. See Operation belo [...]

Call Routing Mailbox 452 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual System Administrator (page 576) The System Administrator can record the Instruction Menu for a Call Routing Mailbox. See Opera- tion belo w . Operation Recording an Instruction Men u f or a Call Routing Mailbo x [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Adminis[...]

Call Screening DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 453 IntraMail Features Call Screening Description Call Screening allo ws a display keyset e xtension user to listen to (screen) a voice mail message as it is being left in their mailbox. Call Screening emulates a standard home answering machine — in addition to provid- ing more control whe[...]

Call Screening 454 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Manual Call Screening Operation In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] • When Automatic Call Screening is off, you hear a single beep and V -MAIL fl ashes fast while IntraMail records your caller’ s message. Y our display automatically changes [...]

Call Screening DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 455 IntraMail Features A utomatic Call Screening Operation In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] • When Automatic Call Screening is on, your idle telephone automatically goes into the screen mode while your caller leav es a message. • Call Screening is only [...]

Caller ID and V oice Mail 456 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Caller ID and V oice Mail Description Caller ID is a telephone company service that pro vides an extension with a caller’ s number and optional name. W ith Caller ID, the keyset user kno ws who’ s calling before they pick up the call. Caller ID Logging stores a record of t[...]

Caller ID and V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 457 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features Caller ID (page 63) and Caller ID Logging (page 68) Revie w these features for additional information. IntraMail Features Make Call (page 525) An extension user can listen to a v oice message and dial a code to return the call[...]

Caller ID with Return Call 458 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Caller ID with Return Call Description A vailable. See Mak e Call (page 525) for more.[...]

Calling the Automated Attendant DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 459 IntraMail Features Calling the Automated Attendant Description Automated Attendant callers can use various IntraMail features and then return to the Automated Attendant for additional dialing options. This lets the caller dial other e xtensions, leav e messages for co-wo[...]

Centrex T ransfer 460 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Centrex Transfer Description Centrex T ransfer is a Dial Action T able option that can transfer an Automated Attendant call from a Centrex line to an outside number using the features of that Centrex line. W ith Centre x T ransfer , the Automated Attendant answers an outside call and [...]

Centrex T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 461 IntraMail Features 1. Set the Flash timer for compatibility with the connected Centrex lines. - In 1612-04: PBX/Centr ex Flash T imer (page 686), set the timer for compatibility with the con- nected Centrex service. 2. Set the Pause timer for compatibility with the Centre x T ransfer [...]

Conversation Record 462 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conversation Record Description Con versation Record allo ws a subscriber to record their acti ve call as a ne w message in their mailbox, which they can re vie w later on. Con versation Record can be helpful when an e xtension user is on a call that in volv es a lot of detail (such[...]

Conversation Record DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 463 IntraMail Features 1. In 2143-05: Recor ding Con versation Beep (page 771), enter Ye s . - If enabled, all parties on a call being recorded will hear the voice prompt Recor ding followed by a beep when the extension user initiates Con versation Record. If disabled, the voice prompt [...]

Conversation Record 464 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual User Programmab le Feature Setting up a Con ver sation Record K ey Feature Mnemonic Operation Access Level V oice Mail #KP (#57) #KP + Press key you want to program + HOLD + Dial 17 + Enter mailbox number or 0 for your o wn mailbox + HOLD + SPEAKER twice to exit. 3-5[...]

Dial Action T able DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 465 IntraMail Features Dial Action T able Description The Dial Action T able de fi nes the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the activ e Answer T able, which in turn provides those dialing options to Automated Attendant callers. IntraMail provides 16 Dial Action T a[...]

Dial Action T able 466 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Dial Action T able Options The follo wing table summarizes the Dial Action T able dial (key) actions and their associated features. Conditions • None Default Setting • See Description above. Dial Action T able Key Action Summary Action Description Feature Reference For more, see:[...]

Dial Action T able DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 467 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 4222-01: Dial Action T able (page 891), assign a Dial Action T able ( 1 - 16 ) to each acti ve Call Routing Mailbox. 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), customize the Dial Action T able digit assignments as required. The follo wing table shows[...]

Dial Action T able 468 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual 1. See Automated Attendant (page 433) for more. 2. In 4222-02: T ime Limit for Dialing Commands (page 891), enter the timeout duration ( 0 - 99 seconds). - By default, Automated Attendant callers hav e 5 seconds to dial commands. 3. If the caller waits too long to dial: - When the as[...]

Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 469 IntraMail Features Directory Dialing Description Directory Dialing allo ws an Automated Attendant caller to reach an extension by dialing the fi rst fe w letters in the extension user’ s name. W ith Directory Dialing, the caller does not have to remember the e xtension number of th[...]

Directory Dialing 470 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual 1. See Operation belo w . - The Directory Dialing Message is the Instruction Menu for the Routing Mailbox programmed as a Directory Dialing Mailbox. - By default (without a custom message recorded), the Directory Dialing Message is, “ Please enter one or mor e letters of the person?[...]

Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 471 IntraMail Features Additional Options 1. In yes: - In 4224-08: F ax Detection (page 899), enter Ye s . - This allo ws the Directory Dialing Mailbox to detect fax CNG tone. - In 4224-09: F ax T ransfer Extension (page 900), enter the extension to which the Directory Dialing Mailbox sho[...]

Directory Dialing 472 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording a Directory Dialing Messa ge [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox. SA (72) Access System Administrator options. [System Admin] - [N/A] I (4) Select Instruction Menus. [Instruction] - [Instr] Enter the Directory D[...]

Directory Dialing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 473 IntraMail Features Dialing Options A v ailable while Entering a Name The follo wing table shows the dialing options a vailable to the caller while the y are entering a name into a Directory Dialing Mailbox. ❥ By default, the caller can dial the digs 2-9 to enter the name or dial # t[...]

Directory Dialing 474 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Dialing Options A v ailable when more than one Emplo yee has the Entered Name If the name the caller enters is used by more than one employee, IntraMail lets the caller select the employee to which they w ant to talk. The caller can dial 1, 2 or 3 to select the employee from the fi r[...]

Directory Dialing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 475 IntraMail Features Directory Dialing Mailbox Description A Directory Dialing Mailbox is the Routing Mailbox type required to implement Directory Dialing. See Dir ectory Dialing (page 469) for more on ho w to set up a Directory Dialing Mailbox. Conditions • None Default Setti[...]

Erasing All Messages 476 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Erasing All Messages Description The System Administrator can delete all messages in a Subscriber Mailbox. Erasing All Messages is an administrator’ s maintenance tool. The administrator may need to use this tool if an employee has left the company or has an e xcessiv e number of[...]

Exiting a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 477 IntraMail Features Exiting a Mailbox Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can exit their mailbox by dialing a code or by hanging up. After exiting, the sub- scriber can use their extension for normal call processing. Conditions • None Default Setting • Enabled Programming N/A Oth[...]

Extension Hunting to V oice Mail 478 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Extension Hunting to V oice Mail Description Extension Hunting to V oice Mail automatically sends calls to an extension’ s mailbox without the user ha ving to set up Call Forwarding. F or example, Extension Hunting to V oice Mail can send unanswered transferred calls [...]

Extension Hunting to V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 479 IntraMail Features Extension Hunting to V oice Mail Routing Char ts The follo wing charts show in detail ho w each type of hunting handles incoming calls. Ring No Answer Line (T ype 1) Hunting to V oice Mail Routing Chart Call T ype Extension Idle Extension Busy Extensi[...]

Extension Hunting to V oice Mail 480 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Disabled Ring No Answer / Busy All (T ype 3) Hunting to V oice Mail Routing Char t Call T ype Extension Idle Extension Busy Extension in DND Intercom Ringing Intercom call rings for 1601-03: Call F orward No Answer T imer (page 67[...]

Extension Hunting to V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 481 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 2115-01: Hunt T ype (page 746), enter: - 1 for Ring No Answer Line. - 2 for Ring No Answer/Busy Line. - 3 for Ring No Answer/Busy All. - 4 for Busy Line. - Refer to Extension Hunting (page 154) for more. 2. In 2115-01: Hunt Destinati[...]

Extension Hunting to V oice Mail 482 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Call F orward to a Mailbox (page 447) A subscriber can forward calls to their mailbox calls don’ t go unanswered when they are una vailable. V oice Mail Over fl ow (page 590) The telephone system can automatical[...]

External T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 483 IntraMail Features External Transfer Description External T ransfer allo ws an Automated Attendant caller to automatically route to an outside telephone num- ber . T o set this up, assign a Dial Action T able action as a UTRF to a System Speed Dial bin (e.g., #201 + Pause for system [...]

External T ransfer 484 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Centr ex T ransfer (page 460) Centrex T ransfer allows the Automated Attendant to transfer a caller o ver a Centrex line using the fea- tures of that Centrex line. Dial Action T able (page 465) External T ransfer uses the acti v[...]

Fax Detection DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 485 IntraMail Features Fax Detection Description The Automated Attendant can detect incoming fax calls and transfer them to a fax machine. W ith F ax Detec- tion enabled, after the Automated Attendant answers a call it listens for incoming fax CNG tone. If it detects the tone, it does an unsc[...]

Flexible Answering Schedules 486 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Flexible Answering Schedules Description The Automated Attendant can answer outside calls with different announcements and dialing options, depending on the time of day and day of week. For e xample, a company can set up separate schedules for weekdays, e venings, weekends,[...]

Flexible Call Routing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 487 IntraMail Features Flexible Call Routing Description The Automated Attendant can provide outside callers with a wide v ariety of dialing (routing) options. Y ou can customize the announcements and routing options to exactly meet the site requirements. Use Fle xible Call Routing to[...]

Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan 488 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan Description If the telephone system extension numbers are changed or swapped, IntraMail will automatically change the Subscriber Mailbox numbers to match. There is no e xtensiv e reprogramming required. After the swap, all of the subscribe[...]

Forced Unscreened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 489 IntraMail Features Forced Unscreened T ransfer Description A Subscriber Mailbox can optionally con vert Automated Attendant Screened T ransfers to Unscreened T ransfers. Enable this option for a mailbox if the subscriber prefers to receiv e all calls sent by the Automated At[...]

Getting Recorded Help 490 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Getting Recorded Help Description If a Subscriber Mailbox user dials an incorrect code or forgets what to dial while in their mailbox, the y can request help from the IntraMail voice prompts. Recorded Help pro vides the user with a built-in, interacti ve user’ s guide. T o get r[...]

Go to a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 491 IntraMail Features Go to a Mailbox Description An Automated Attendant caller can dial a digit to route to a Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox. This is called the Go T o (GOT O) action. The GO TO action can route directly to a speci fi c Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox, or allo [...]

Go to a Mailbox 492 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), assign a GO TO action to an a v ailable key . 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), enter the mailbox number in the corresponding Routing option. - For e xample, to hav e key 1 go to Call Routing Mailbox 1, for k ey 1 enter GO T O fo[...]

Greeting DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 493 IntraMail Features Greeting Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can record a personalized greeting for their mailbox. Caller’ s to the user’ s mail- box hear the prerecorded personalized greeting rather than a default message. The greeting can announce the subscriber’ s name, provide a[...]

Greeting 494 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 4201-01: Outgoing Messa ge Length (page 871), set the maximum length of Subscriber Mailbox greet- ings ( 1 - 4095 seconds). Enabling Remote Greeting 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), assign a LOGON action to an a vailable k ey . 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), e[...]

Greeting DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 495 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb (page 427) Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb sends Automated Attendant calls directly to a subscriber’ s mailbox. Their phone will not ring for calls from the Automated Attendant. Dial Action[...]

Greeting 496 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording a Multiple Greeting and Setting Up A uto Attendant Do Not Disturb [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. G (4) Access the Mailbox Greeting options. [Greeting] - [Greet] IntraMail does the following: • Plays a summary of your current se[...]

Group Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 497 IntraMail Features Group Mailbox Description Ring Group Mailbo x Group (Shared) Mailbo x A Group Mailbox is a Ring Group Mailbox shared by a group of co-workers. It is normally a Subscriber Mailbox. If a caller leav es a message at any e xtension within the group that shares the mailbox, [...]

Group Mailbox 498 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual ❥ If the Group Mailbox user presses V -MAIL , they are asked to enter their mailbox number . After entering the number , they hear , “ That mailbox does not exist. ” ❥ An Automated Attendant caller attempting to leav e a Quick Message or do a Remote Logon at an exten- sion assigne[...]

Group Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 499 IntraMail Features Programming Programming a Ring Gr oup Mailbo x 1. In 2113-02: Ring Gr oup (page 738), assign the extension to a Ring Group ( 1 - 8 ). - The Ring Group assignment determines which Ring Group Mailbox the system uses as the exten- sion’ s Group Mailbox. ✔ By default, t[...]

Group Mailbox 500 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual - In 2213-02: Auto Er ase/Save of Messages (page 784), set the auto sav e option for ne w messages ( 1 for Auto Save or 2 for Auto Erase). - Revie w A uto Erase or Save (page 429) for more. 3. For Auto Time Stamp: - In 2213-03: Auto T ime Stamp (page 785), enable ( Ye s ) or disable ( No [...]

Group Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 501 IntraMail Features Programming a UCD Gr oup Mailbo x 1. T urn to Extension Hunting (page 154) for more on setting up UCD Hunting. 1. For a Subscriber Mailbox: - In 2311-01: UCD Gr oup Mailbox T ype (page 793), enter 1 and go to step 3 . 2. For a Routing Mailbox: - In 2311-01: UCD Gr oup M[...]

Group Mailbox 502 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual - Revie w Messag e Storag e Limit (page 548) for more. 10. For Message W aiting Lamp: - In 2313-04: Message W aiting Lamp (page 797), enable ( Ye s ) Message W aiting lamping at the extensions sharing the Group Mailbox. - Re view Messa ge W aiting Lamp (page 549) for more. 11. For Ne xt C[...]

Guest Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 503 IntraMail Features Guest Mailbox Description An outside party can ha ve their o wn Guest Mailbox mailbox for recei ving and sending messages. A Guest Mail- box is a Subscriber Mailbox that does not hav e an extension associated with it. A Guest Mailbox has man y of the IntraMail features [...]

Guest Mailbox 504 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual • A Subscriber Mailbox user cannot use Make Call to return a call left by a Guest Mailbox, since the Guest Mailbox does not hav e an associated extension. Main Menu (page 523) The Main Menu provides assess to the features a vailable to a Guest Mailbox. Message Listen Mode (page 534) Set[...]

Guest Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 505 IntraMail Features Operation Accessing a Guest Mailbo x T o log onto a Guest Mailbo x: 1. Do one of the follo wing. a. Press INTERCOM + Dial the IntraMail master number (e.g., 700) + Dial your mailbox number . • Y ou can optionally press a Call Cov erage ke y assigned to the IntraMail m[...]

Hang Up 506 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Hang Up Description Hang Up is an Automated Attendant option that immediately hangs up the outside call. When setting up a Dial Action T able, you may want to use Hang Up for unused actions (rather than the caller hearing the stan- dard error message). Y ou might also want to use the Hang Up ac[...]

Instruction Menu DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 507 IntraMail Features Instruction Menu Description The Instruction Menu is the announcement that plays to Automated Attendant callers. Normally , the Instruc- tion Menu greets callers and provides them with the Automated Attendant dialing options. The Instruction Menu is associated with t[...]

Instruction Menu 508 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording an Instruction Men u f or a Call Routing Mailbo x [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox. SA (72) Access System Administrator options. [System Admin] - [N/A] I (4) Select Instruction Menus. [Instruction] - [Instr] E[...]

Leaving a Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 509 IntraMail Features Leaving a Message Description An extension user or outside caller can lea ve a v oice message in a co-worker’ s mailbox if that extension is busy , unanswered, or in Do Not Disturb . Lea ving a voice message is a handy and ef fi cient way to communi- cate with co[...]

Leaving a Message 510 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming 1. In 4201-02: Incoming Message Length (page 872), enter the maximum length of a message a caller can leav e in a Subscriber Mailbox ( 1 - 4095 seconds). Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Next Call Routing Mailbox (page 552) The Next Call Routing Mail[...]

Leaving a Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 511 IntraMail Features Operation Leaving a Messa ge for a Co-w orker T o leave a messa ge in the mailbox of an unans wered extension: 1. Press V -MAIL . 2. Do one of the follo wing. a. Leav e message and hang up. b. Leav e message and dial # . • Dialing # sends the message and hangs up.[...]

Listening to Messages 512 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Listening to Messages Description While or after listening to a message, a Subscriber Mailbox user has many message handling options from which to choose. The listening options let you quickly and ef fi ciently manage your v oice mail messages, respond to the message sender , or [...]

Listening to Messages DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 513 IntraMail Features Handling P artially Reviewed Messa ges When listening to multiple ne w messages when A uto Erase or Save is set to Sa ve : ❥ Any message to which you partially listen is automatically sa ved. ❥ Any message to which you hang up during or do not listen is reta[...]

Listening to Messages 514 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual 22-Button and 34-Button Displa y Conditions • None Default Setting • Enabled Programming 1. In 4201-03: Message Bac kup/Go Ahead T ime (page 872) , set the Backup/Go Ahead T ime ( 1 - 60 seconds). - This interval sets ho w far IntraMail backs up when a mailbox user dials B whi[...]

Log Onto V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 515 IntraMail Features Log Onto V oice Mail Description A subscriber can log onto their mailbox using a method that best suits their needs and location. While at their own phone, the subscriber just presses a single k ey to log onto their mailbox. T o use their mailbox while at a co-wo[...]

Log Onto V oice Mail 516 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming Remotely Log ging Onto a Mailbox Thr ough the A utomated Attendant 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), assign a LOGON action to an a vailable k ey . 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), enter the mailbo x number in the corresponding Routing option. - For e xample[...]

Log Onto V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 517 IntraMail Features Guest Mailbox (page 503) A guest can log onto their mailbox by dialing the IntraMail master number follo wed by the Guest Mailbox number . Security Code (page 570) T o av oid unauthorized access to their mailbox (particularly with Remote Log On), the user should [...]

Mailbox Name 518 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Mailbox Name Description A caller leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailbox can hear the mailbox’ s prerecorded name instead of the mailbox number . The prerecorded Mailbox Name giv es the subscriber’ s mailbox that personal touch. Prior to leaving a message, caller’ s will hear the [...]

Mailbox Name DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 519 IntraMail Features # Go back to the Mailbox Main Menu. [Exit] - [Exit] 0 Plays Help message. Recording or Erasing Co-w orker’ s Names from a System Administrator’ s Mailbo x [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s Mailbox. SA (72) Access System[...]

Mailbox Options Menu 520 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Mailbox Options Menu Description The Mailbox Options Menu is a sub-menu of a subscriber’ s Main Menu that provides access to the Auto T ime Stamp, Mailbox Security Code Delete, and Message Noti fi cation features. The chart belo w summa- rizes these options. Auto T ime Stamp hel[...]

Mailbox Options Menu DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 521 IntraMail Features Operation Accessing the Mailbo x Options Menu [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. OP (67) Access the Mailbox Options Menu. [MBO X Options] - [N/A] 0 Plays Help message.[...]

Mailbox Security Code Delete 522 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Mailbox Security Code Delete Description The System Administrator can delete the security code for an y Subscriber Mailbox. This ef fectiv ely unlocks the mailbox. If mailbox security is not necessary , deleting a mailbox’ s security code speeds up mailbox logon. W ithout[...]

Main Menu DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 523 IntraMail Features Main Menu Description After a Subscriber Mailbox user logs into their mailbox, IntraMail provides them with the Main Menu of options. The Main Menu pro vides quick access to the most commonly used mailbox features in a central location. It includes listening and recording o[...]

Main Menu 524 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming No additional programming required. Other Related Features See the Mailbox Main Menu chart abov e. Operation Accessing the Mailbo x Main Menu [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. • Y ou automatically go to the mailbox Main Menu. 0 Plays Hel[...]

Make Call DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 525 IntraMail Features Make Call Description Make Call lets a Subscriber Mailbox user listen to a v oice message and dial MC to return the call without knowing their caller’ s phone number . Mak e Call automates returning messages since you don’t ha ve to dial the message sender’ s telephon[...]

Make Call 526 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual 1. In 3103-04: T andem Calls (page 816), enter Ye s to enable T andem Calls. - Enable this option for either the inbound or outbound lines (or both). Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Caller ID and V oice Mail (page 456) Make Call for outside calls is a vailable only if [...]

Master Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 527 IntraMail Features Master Mailbox Description See Gr oup Mailbox (page 497).[...]

Message Count Display 528 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Count Display Description The telephone display provides interacti ve status updates for the subscriber’ s mailbox. The subscriber doesn’t ha ve to call their mailbox and w ait for the voice prompts to fi nd out the number of ne w and sav ed messages in their mailbox.[...]

Message Count Display DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 529 IntraMail Features Conditions • None Default Setting • Enabled Programming No additional programming required. Other Related Features N/A Operation Operation is automatic. While Logged-in One sav ed message waiting in the Subscriber Mailbox One new message w aiting in the Subs[...]

Message Delete 530 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Delete Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can delete any messages left in their mailbox. Message Delete lets the subscriber do their own mailbox maintenance. They can delete messages the y no longer need and sav e messages that contain essential information. W ith Message Dele[...]

Message Forward DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 531 IntraMail Features Message Forward Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can forward a message in their mailbox to a co-work er . F orwarding is helpful when a subscriber receiv es a message with which a co-worker can assist them. Rather than sending a ne w message, the subscriber can j[...]

Message Forward 532 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Forwarding a Messa ge [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. L (5) Access the Message Listen mode and listen to the message that you want to forward. [Listen] - [Lstn] MF (63) Access the Message Forw ard Menu. [Forward] - [N/A] Enter the nu[...]

Message Length DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 533 IntraMail Features Message Length Description Y ou can set the maximum length of a message that can be left in a Subscriber Mailbox. When a caller tries to leav e a message that exceeds the limit, the y hear , “ Y ou have reac hed the r ecor ding limit. ” IntraMail sends the portion [...]

Message Listen Mode 534 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Listen Mode Description After logging onto their mailbox, the subscriber can select the category of messages to which the y want to listen. Then can listen to just ne w messages, just sa ved messages, or all messages. Message Listen Mode lets the subscriber customize their m[...]

Message Notification DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 535 IntraMail Features Message Noti fi cation Description Once activ ated by the Subscriber Mailbox user , Message Noti fi cation dials a telephone number to let the user kno w when there are new messages in their mailbox. When Message Noti fi cation is on, a subscriber who is out [...]

Message Notification 536 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual - If the pager service doesn’t answer , IntraMail will retry the callout number . Message Noti fi cation may ev entually cancel if the callout remains unackno wledged. Conditions • None Default Setting • Disabled Programming Programming that Applies to All T ypes of Message[...]

Message Notification DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 537 IntraMail Features Unique Programming f or Non-pager Message Noti fi cation 1. In 4202-01: W ait Between Non-P ager Callout Attempts (page 873), s et the minimum time ( 1 - 255 min- utes) between non-pager Message Noti fi cation callouts. This occurs when: - The destination answ[...]

Message Notification 538 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Unique Programming f or Digital P ager Message Noti fi cation 1. In 4202-08: Digital P ager Callbac k Number (page 877), set the Digital P ag er Callback Number portion of the Message Noti fi cation callout number for a digital pager . - This is the portion of the callout number[...]

Message Notification DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 539 IntraMail Features Operation Setting Up Message Noti fi cation (P age 1 of 2) [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. OP (67) Access the Mailbox Options menu. [Mbox Options] - [N/A] N (6) Access the Message Noti fi cation Options Menu. [Noti ?[...]

Message Notification 540 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual D (3) The noti fi cation destination is a digital pager . [Pa ger] - [Pager] * Skip this option without changing your entry . [Next] - [Next] # Back up to the pre vious lev el without changing your entry . [Exit] - [Exit] When you see: Number Enter the Message Noti fi cation cal[...]

Message On Hold DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 541 IntraMail Features Message On Hold Description Message On Hold allo ws the System Administrator to record a message that will play to callers while the y wait on Hold. F or example, you can record a message summarizing a vailable services or hours of operation. This message will play to[...]

Message On Hold 542 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Recording the Messa ge On Hold [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox. SA (72) Access System Administrator options. [System Admin] - [N/A] 1 Select Message On Hold. [Message On Hold] - [N/A] L (5) Listen to the current Message[...]

Message Playback Direction DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 543 IntraMail Features Message Playback Direction Description When a user dials L (5) after logging into their mailbox, IntraMail will play their messages in either LIFO (last-in- fi rst-out) or FIFO ( fi rst-in- fi rst-out) order . Since Message Playback Direction lets a subs[...]

Message Record 544 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Record Description See Recor d and Send a Message (page 562) for more.[...]

Message Reply DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 545 IntraMail Features Message Reply Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can reply to a message from a co-worker by dialing RE , without knowing the caller’ s extension or mailbox number . Message Reply sa ves the subscriber v aluable time since they don’ t need to kno w the sender’ s[...]

Message Reply 546 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Message Reply [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. L (5) Listen to your messages. [Listen] - [Lstn] While listening to a message. RE (73) Reply to the message. [Reply] - [N/A] • If the mailbox does not exist, you will be prompted to enter[...]

Message Retention DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 547 IntraMail Features Message Retention Description IntraMail will sav e a Subscriber Mailbox’ s ne w or sa ved messages for the Message Retention interv al and then delete them. Y ou’ll fi nd Message Retention to be an in v aluable tool for managing IntraMail’ s voice message sto[...]

Message Storage Limit 548 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Message Storage Limit Description Message Storage Limit sets how man y messages can be left in a Subscriber Mailbox. Message Storage Limit is another in v aluable tool for managing IntraMail’ s v oice message storage space. T o conserve storage space and make it a vailable for n[...]

Message W aiting Lamp DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 549 IntraMail Features Message Waiting Lamp Description An extension’ s Ring/Message Lamp fl ashes on the telephone to indicate that the user has new messages waiting in their mailbox. Once IntraMail is properly installed and programmed, telephone Ring/Message Lamp operation is aut[...]

Multiple Company Greetings 550 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Multiple Company Greetings Description The Automated Attendant can answer each individual line with a unique greeting and unique set of dialing options. Since there are a total of 8 Answer T ables, this allows up to 8 companies or departments to share a single IntraMail. Call[...]

Multiple Company Greetings DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 551 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer T ables (page 420) Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line. Automated Attendant (page 433) The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system[...]

Next Call Routing Mailbox 552 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Next Call Routing Mailbox Description The Next Call Routing Mailbox pro vides callers with additional dialing options while listening to a Sub- scriber Mailbox recorded or default greeting. It also pro vides additional dialing options to callers routed to an Announcement Mailb[...]

Next Call Routing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 553 IntraMail Features Logging Onto a Subscriber Mailbo x while Listening to the Greeting A subscriber who wishes to log onto their mailbox while listening to their greeting must hav e the option set in their Next Call Routing Mailbox. T o allow this capability , for example: ❥ [...]

Next Call Routing Mailbox 554 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Announcement Mailbo x Options The follo wing charts show ho w an Announcement Mailbox handles Automated Attendant calls. ■ The fi rst chart explains what happens when the outside call is directly answered by the Announcement Mailbox. This happens when the Answer T able uses[...]

Next Call Routing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 555 IntraMail Features Routed Announcement Mailbo x Routing (P age 1 of 2) (If the outside caller routes to the Announcement Mailbox from a Call Routing Mailbo x) 4223-03: Next Call Routing Mailbox 4223-01: Repeat Count 4223-02: Hang Up After Action Unde fi ned 0 (No repeats) No [...]

Next Call Routing Mailbox 556 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Subscriber Mailbox Next Call Routing Mailbox = 1 Dial Option = None • Announcement Mailbox Next Call Routing Mailbox = None (0) 1-16 (valid Call Routing Mail- box) x (x number of repeats) No • If caller doesn’ t dial, the y hear th[...]

Next Call Routing Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 557 IntraMail Features Programming Programming Subscriber Mailbo xes 1. In 2144-04: Next Call Routing Mailbox (page 774), specify the Routing Mailbox ( 1-16 ) that should pro- vide the caller leaving a message with additional dialing options. 1. In 2144-03: Dialing Option (page 77[...]

Programming V oice Mail 558 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Programming Voice Mail Description Y ou program (customize) IntraMail by using the DSX telephone programming or the W indows TM -based DSX System Administrator PC Program running on a PC or laptop. Y ou can also do limited programming from the System Administrator’ s mailbox. [...]

Programming V oice Mail DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 559 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Remote Pr ogr amming (page 564) IntraMail programming is av ailable remotely via the System Administrator PC program. System Administrator (page 576) The System Administrator can do limited IntraMail prog[...]

Quick Message 560 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Quick Message Description Quick Message is a Dial Action T able action that allo ws Automated Attendant callers to dial a digit (normally *) follo wed by a mailbox number to lea ve a message in a Subscriber Mailbox. Since Quick Message is enabled by default, it is an ef fi cient way for [...]

Quick Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 561 IntraMail Features 1. In 4201-02: Incoming Message Length (page 872), set the maximum length ( 1 - 1045 seconds) for Auto- mated Attendant callers leaving a Quick Message in a Subscriber Mailbox. Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Dial Action T able (page 465) Once th[...]

Record and Send a Message 562 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Record and Send a Message Description A Subscriber Mailbox user can record and send a message to any other Subscriber Mailbox. Record and Send a Message is the heart of IntraMail’ s voice messaging system. It allows co-w orkers to ef fi ciently stay in touch and exchange es[...]

Record and Send a Message DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 563 IntraMail Features Operation Record and Send a Messa ge [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. RS (77) Record and send a message. [Record] - [Rec] Enter the number of the mailbox to receiv e the message. # Continue. [Continue] - [Cont] Opti[...]

Remote Programming 564 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Remote Programming Description Y ou can remotely program IntraMail by using the W indo ws TM -based DSX System Administrator PC Program running on a PC or laptop. After the initial installation, Remote Programming allo ws you to customize IntraMail to meet the customer’ s requireme[...]

Remote Programming DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 565 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Pr ogr amming V oice Mail (page 558) Customize IntraMail using the embedded telephone programming or the separately av ailable System Administrator PC program. Operation See the DSX PC Pr ogr am User Guide .[...]

Routing Mailbox 566 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Routing Mailbox Description Routing Mailboxes are a cate gory of mailboxes normally used to route Automated Attendant calls. A Rout- ing Mailbox can be an Announcement Mailbox, a Call Routing Mailbox, or a Directory Dialing Mailbox. See the follo wing for more on each of Routing Mailbox[...]

Screened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 567 IntraMail Features Screened Transfer Description Screened T ransfer is an Automated Attendant option that allo ws callers to directly dial system extensions. Screened T ransfer (and its related feature Unscreened T ransfer) allows the IntraMail Automated Attendant to transfer outside[...]

Screened T ransfer 568 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • No Screened T ransfer actions assigned. Screened T ransfer (STRF) Operation • Call = Call answered by the Automated Attendant. • Extension = Extension dialed by Automated Attendant caller . If Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb is off (see page [...]

Screened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 569 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), enter 1 to assign an av ailable ke y for Screened T ransfer (STRF). 2. Normally , the corresponding Routing option should be XXX. Note that the key you choose for this action is the fi rst digit of the called ext[...]

Security Code 570 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Security Code Description A mailbox can hav e a security code to protect it from unauthorized access. A Security Code must be 4 digits long, using 0-9. If a subscriber wants to keep their mailbox pri v ate, they can enter a Security Code. No one else can use the subscriber’ s mailbox un[...]

Security Code DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 571 IntraMail Features Deleting a Security Code (Fr om your System Administrator’ s Mailbox) [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox. SA (72) Access System Administrator options. [System Admin] - [N/A] S (7) Select Subscriber Mailbox Mainten[...]

Single Digit Dialing 572 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Single Digit Dialing Description An Automated Attendant caller can press a single k ey to route to an e xtension, route to another destination, or use an IntraMail feature. Single Digit Dialing simpli fi es the Automated Attendant since the caller just dials a single digit to reac[...]

Single Digit Dialing DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 573 IntraMail Features Programming Refer to the Dial Action T able K ey Action Summary (page 466) for more. Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Instruction Menu (page 507) The activ e Instruction Menu should describe the Single Digit Dialing options. Also refer to t[...]

Subscriber Mailbox 574 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Subscriber Mailbox Description A Subscriber Mailbox is the type of mailbox assigned to a telephone system e xtension. The telephone assigned to the Subscriber Mailbox is called the subscriber’ s extension. When an extension user accesses their voice mail, the y are using their Subs[...]

Subscriber Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 575 IntraMail Features Con versation Recor d (page 462) Enable or disable the Con versation Record beep for the Subscriber Mailbox. Gr eeting (page 493) A Subscriber Mailbox user can record a personalized greeting for their mailbox. Callers to the user’ s mailbox hear the prerecorded p[...]

System Administrator 576 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual System Administrator Description The System Administrator is a Subscriber Mailbox that has unique system administration features such as recording Instruction Menus and deleting messages in a co-worker’ s mailbox. The System Administrator features are an essential part of IntraMa[...]

System Administrator DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 577 IntraMail Features Programming 1. In 2142-03: System Administr ator (page 767), enter Ye s . Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Subscriber Mailbox (page 574) Only a Subscriber Mailbox can be a System Administrator . Operation Refer to the indi vidual features r[...]

System Administrator Mailbox 578 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual System Administrator Mailbox Description A System Administrator Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox in which you ha ve enabled the System Administra- tor option. This pro vides the subscriber with system administration capabilities. IntraMail can have multiple System Administra[...]

System Reinitialization DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 579 IntraMail Features System Reinitialization Description Initializing the telephone system automatically initializes all IntraMail programming. Y ou may want to do this if the site requirements signi fi cantly change and it is easier to start ov er from default than remov e all y[...]

T ime and Date with V oice Mail 580 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Time and Date with V oice Mail Description Since IntraMail is completely integrated with the telephone system softw are, the IntraMail time and date is the same as the phone system time and date. Since time and date is used on telephone displays and with the Auto T ime S[...]

T ime and Date Stamp DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 581 IntraMail Features Time and Date Stamp Description While listening to a message, a Subscriber Mailbox user can dial TI to hear the T ime and Date the message was left. This is a handy option while revie wing messages. The subscriber can just dial a code to fi nd out when the messa[...]

T ime and Date Stamp 582 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation Hearing the Time and Date a Message was Left [Super Display Soft Ke y] - [Keyset Soft K ey] Log onto Subscriber Mailbox. L (5) Access the Message Listen mode. [Listen] - [Lstn] TI (84) Hear the time and date the message was sent. • Turn to Listening to Messa ges (page 5[...]

T ransfer to a Mailbox DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 583 IntraMail Features Transfer to a Mailbox Description An extension user can transfer their acti ve call to a co-w orker’ s mailbox. This lets the caller leav e a personal message for the co-worker . T ransfer to a Mailbox is one of the big con v eniences of IntraMail since the c[...]

T ransfer to a Mailbox 584 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Operation T ransferring Calls to a Mailbo x In these instructions: [Super Display Soft Ke y] [Keyset Soft K ey] T o T ransfer y our active call to a mailbo x: Method A (Ring fi rst, then T ransfer) 1. Press TRANSFER . 2. Dial the number of the mailbox to receiv e the T ransfer .[...]

T ransfer to a UCD Group DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 585 IntraMail Features Transfer to a UCD Group Description The Automated Attendant can transfer outside callers to a UCD Group master number . If a customer has a UCD Group set up for a department (such as Sales or T ech Service), the Automated Attendant can send calls directly to [...]

Undefined Routing 586 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Unde fi ned Routing Description An Automated Attendant Unde fi ned Routing is a Dial Action T able ke y assignment for which there is no routing de fi ned. When an Automated Attendant caller dials a digit and there is no routing assigned, IntraMail plays, “ That is an in valid e[...]

Unscreened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 587 IntraMail Features Unscreened Transfer Description Unscreened T ransfer is an Automated Attendant option that allows callers to directly dial system e xten- sions. Unscreened T ransfer (and its related feature Screened T ransfer) allo ws the IntraMail Automated Attendant to transfe[...]

Unscreened T ransfer 588 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Conditions • None Default Setting • Dial Action T able 1 digits 3 and 4 are UTRFs to XXX (caller-dialed extension). Programming 1. In 4231-Digit Assignment (page 901), enter 2 to assign an av ailable ke y for Unscreened T ransfer (UTRF). 2. Normally , the corresponding Routing [...]

Unscreened T ransfer DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 589 IntraMail Features Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer T ables (page 420) Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line. Automated Attendant (page 433) The Answer T able determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls. Cal[...]

V oice Mail Overflow 590 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Voice Mail Over fl ow Description The telephone system can automatically reroute unanswered outside calls to the IntraMail Automated Atten- dant. V oice Mail Over fl ow ensures that IntraMail will pick up calls that don’ t go through. This allo ws callers to leav e a message r[...]

V oice Mail Overflow DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 591 IntraMail Features Setting Up UCD Group Over fl ow 1. See Gr oup Mailbox (page 497). Setting Up Ring Group Over fl ow 1. See Gr oup Mailbox (page 497). Setting Up DIL Over fl ow 1. In 3112-02: Enable Day Over fl ow (page 819), enter Ye s to activ ate ov er fl ow during the da[...]

V oice Mail Overflow 592 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Other Related Features Features None IntraMail Features Answer T ables (page 420) Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each line. Automated Attendant (page 433) The Answer T able determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls. Call Routing Mailbox [...]

V oice Prompting Messages DSX Software Manual IntraMail Features ◆ 593 IntraMail Features Voice Prompting Messages Description IntraMail provides the telephone system with V oice Prompting Messages which tell the extension user the status or progress of their call. For e xample, if an extension user calls a co-work er while their extension is in [...]

V olume Control with V oice Mail 594 ◆ IntraMail Features DSX Software Manual Volume Control with Voice Mail Description Since IntraMail is completely inte grated with the telephone system softw are, V olume Control is a v ailable at a subscriber’ s keyset an y time while listening to a message, greeting, or prerecorded v oice prompt. V olume C[...]

10xx-Configuration 100x-System 1001-V ersion DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 595 System 1001-1702 System Options: 1001-1702 10xx-Con fi guration 100x-System 1001-Version Description Use this program to check the system type, the system’ s software version number , and version number of the embedded DSP . Options 1001-01: Syste[...]

10xx-Configuration 100x-System 1001-V ersion 596 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1001-03: DSP V ersion (DSP V ersion) Use this option to display the version of the embedded DSP softw are. This is a fi xed option which you can- not modify . F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • N/A Default • N/A[...]

10xx-Configuration 101x-ID 1011-Name DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 597 System 1001-1702 101x-ID 1011-Name Description Use this program to enter the system name and telephone number . Options 1011-01: System Name (System Name) Use this option to enter the site name (up to 18 characters). Use the Name Pr ogr amming Chart (page 59[...]

10xx-Configuration 101x-ID 1011-Name 598 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Name Programming Chart Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times 1 &- / ‘ 1 2 ABC a b c 2 3 DE F d e f 3 4 GH I g h i 4 5 JK L j k [...]

10xx-Configuration 102x-T ime 1021-Set Time and Date DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 599 System 1001-1702 102x-Time 1021-Set Time and Date Description Use this program to set the system time and date. Options 1021-01: System Time (Time) Use this option to set the system time. Enter data using the 24-hour format HH:MM:SS. For e xa[...]

10xx-Configuration 102x-T ime 1022-Daylight Sa vings Time 600 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1022-Daylight Savings Time Description Use this program to set the Automatic Daylight Savings T ime option. Options 1022-01: A utomatic Da ylight Savings Time Setting (A uto D.S.T .) Use this option to enable or disable automatic Dayligh[...]

10xx-Configuration 102x-T ime 1023-Internet (Network Time Server [NTS]) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 601 System 1001-1702 1023-Internet (Network Time Server [NTS]) Description Use this program to specify the Network T ime Server (NTS). Options 1023-01: Netw ork Time Ser ver Name (Server Name) Use this option to enter the IP ad[...]

10xx-Configuration 103x-Programming 1031-P assw ord Entry 602 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 103x-Programming 1031-Password Entry Description Use the program to customize the system passwords. Options 1031-01: New P asswor d (New P assw ord) Use this option to change the system passwords. The table below sho ws the default syste[...]

11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1101-RS232 Settings DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 603 System 1001-1702 11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1101-RS232 Settings Description Use this program to specify the baud rate of the system’ s serial port, as well as indicate when an external modem is connected to the system. Options 1101-01: Baud Rate (Baud Rate) Use thi[...]

11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1102-Modem Settings 604 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1102-Modem Settings Description TBD Options TBD[...]

11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1103-USB Settings DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 605 System 1001-1702 1103-USB Settings Description TBD Options TBD[...]

11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1104-Ethernet Setup 606 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1104-Ethernet Setup Description Use this program to set the DSX system’ s IP address, subnet mask, and default gatew ay . Options 1104-01: System IP Address (IP Addr) Use this option to set the DSX system’ s IP address. Y ou must set the IP address if yo[...]

11xx-CPU 110x-I/O 1104-Ethernet Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 607 System 1001-1702 IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • Digits using 0-9, 12 max. in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Default • 255.255.255.0 1104-03: Default Gatewa y (Default Gatewa y) The gate way address is the address in the site router to which all outb[...]

11xx-CPU 111x-T ones 1111-DTMF Setup 608 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 111x-Tones 1111-DTMF Setup Description Use this program to set the DTMF durations for manual and Speed Dial calls. Options 1111-01: Manual DTMF T one On (Man DTMF On) Use this option to set the duration of DTMF digits for outside calls manually dialed by an e[...]

11xx-CPU 111x-T ones 1111-DTMF Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 609 System 1001-1702 Default • 100 mS[...]

11xx-CPU 111x-T ones 1111-DTMF Setup 610 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1111-04: Speed Dial DTMF T one Off (SPD DTMF Off) Use this option to set the duration the quiet time between DTMF digits for Speed Dial outside calls automat- ically dialed by the system. Set this timer for compatibility with the connected telco or PBX/Centre[...]

12xx-Slots 120x-Stations 1201-T ype (Station Card T ype) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 611 System 1001-1702 12xx-Slots 120x-Stations 1201-Type (Station Card Type) Description This program allo ws you to set the type for each station PCB plugged into your system. Options 1201-01: Car d T ype (Card T ype) Use this option to de fi[...]

12xx-Slots 120x-Stations 1202-P orts (Primary Station Ports) 612 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1202-Ports (Primary Station Ports) Description Use this program to customize the system’ s primary station port assignments. Options 1202-01: Primary Station P ort Assignment (xx P ort xx Station) Use this option to associate physica[...]

12xx-Slots 120x-Stations 1203-Secondary Station P or ts DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 613 System 1001-1702 1203-Secondary Station Ports Description Use this program to customize the system’ s secondary station port assignments. This is only required when installing a Digital V ANGARD voice mail. Options 1203-01: Secondary Stat[...]

12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1211-Lines (Line Card T ype) 614 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 121x-Lines 1211-Lines (Line Card T ype) Description This program allo ws you to set the type for each line PCB plugged into your system. Options 1211-01: Car d T ype (Card T ype) Use this option to de fi ne the type of line PCB plugged into eac[...]

12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1212-P orts DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 615 System 1001-1702 1212-Ports Description Use this program to customize the system’ s line port assignments. Options 1212-01: Line P ort Assignment (xx P ort xx Station) Use this option to associate physical (hardware) line ports with softw are line ports. If yo[...]

12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup 616 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup Description Use this program to set up the parameters of the T1/E1 PCBs. Options 1213-01: Number of PCM Channels (# PCM Channels) Use this option to determine the number of activ e channels on the PCB. PCBs con fi gured for T1 ha[...]

12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 617 System 1001-1702 1213-03: T ransmit Pulse Amplitude (Tx Pulse Ampl.) This option controls the amplitude (strength) of the T1 signals transmitted by the PCB to the telco smart jack or your CSU (if used). Entries 0-4 correspond to the distance from the T[...]

12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup 618 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 1213-05: Zer o Suppression (B8ZS/HDB3) Use this option to enable or disable zero suppression for the PCB transmit path. If enabled, T1 PCBs use B8ZS zero suppression, while E1 PCBs use HDB3 zero suppression. If disabled, [...]

12xx-Slots 121x-Lines 1213-T1/E1 Card Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 619 System 1001-1702 Options •0 for none •1 for metallic •2 digital •3 for remote •4 for ST -Bus •5 for payload Default • 0[...]

13xx-Numbering 130x-Dial Plan 1301-Digits 620 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 13xx-Numbering 130x-Dial Plan 1301-Digits Description Use this option to customize the system’ s number plan. For each dialed digit (0-9, excluding # and *), assign a Function T ype and an Expected Digits entry . Function T ype de fi nes the digit’ [...]

13xx-Numbering 130x-Dial Plan 1301-Digits DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 621 System 1001-1702 IntraMail F eatur es • Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan (page 488) Options • 1-3 Default • See Default Dialing Plan (page 621). Default Dialing Plan Digit Description Function T ype Expected Digits 0 Use this option to de fi ne the[...]

13xx-Numbering 130x-Dial Plan 1301-Digits 622 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 8 Use this option to de fi ne the Function T ype and Expected Digits for dial strings beginning with 8. These strings are normally reserved for Intercom access (2). 2 (Extension Access) 3 9 Use this option to de fi ne the total length of dial strings b[...]

13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1311-Stations DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 623 System 1001-1702 131x-Extensions 1311-Stations Description Use this program to customize extension numbering. Options 1311-01: Station Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign an extension number to each station. F eatur es • Flexibl[...]

13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1312-V oice Mail Ports 624 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1312-Voice Mail P orts Description Use this program to customize voice mail e xtension numbering. Options 1312-01: V oice Mail Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign an extension number to each v oice mail station. F eatur e[...]

13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1313-Lines DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 625 System 1001-1702 1313-Lines Description Use this program to customize line extension numbers. Options 1313-01: Line Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign an extension number to each line. F eatur es • Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing[...]

13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1314-Ring Groups 626 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1314-Ring Groups Description Use this program to customize Ring Group master extension numbers. Options 1314-01: Ring Gr oup Master Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign a master extension number to each Ring Group. Although the [...]

13xx-Numbering 131x-Extensions 1315-UCD Groups DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 627 System 1001-1702 1315-UCD Groups Description Use this program to customize UCD Group master extension numbers. Options 1315-01: UCD Gr oup Master Extension Number (Extension #) Use this option to assign a master extension number to each UCD Group. A[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features 628 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features Description Use this program to customize station (extension) Class of Service options. Options 1401-01: System Speed Dial Access (System SPD) Use this option to enable or disable an ext[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 629 System 1001-1702 Default • No (0) - Disabled 1401-04: A CD Supervisor (A CD Sprvsr) This option is not used. 1401-05: Soft Ke ys (Soft Keys) Use this option to enable or disable a ke yset’ s Interacti ve Soft K eys. F eatur es • Intera[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features 630 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • No (0) - Disabled 1401-08: Receive DID Calls (Allow DID Calls) Use this option to enable or disable the extension’ s ability to receiv e DID calls. If enabled, the extension will receiv e DID calls routed to it by the system. I[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 631 System 1001-1702 1401-09: Receive DID Camp-On (DID Camp-On) Use this option to enable or disable the ability of a DID call to Camp-On to the extension when it is b usy . If enabled, a DID call to the extension will Camp-On for the 1601-02: D[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1401-Features 632 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1401-12: Call Screening (Call Screening) Use this option to enable or disable Call Screening. If enabled, a display k e yset use can listen to (screen) a v oice mail message as it is being left in their mailbox. If disabled, v oice mail mess[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1402-Access DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 633 System 1001-1702 1402-Access Description Use this program to customize station access Class of Service options. Options 1402-01: For ced Line Disconnect (Forced Disconnect) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to use [...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1402-Access 634 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • Ye s 1402-04: Silent Monitor (Silent Monitor) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to use Silent Monitor . F eatur es • Monitor / Silent Monitor (page 243) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1403-SL T’ s (Single Line T elephone Options) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 635 System 1001-1702 1403-SLT’ s (Single Line T elephone Options) Description Use this program to customize single line telephone Class of Service options. Options 1403-01: Flash f or Single Line Set (Flash fo[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1403-SL T’ s (Single Line T elephone Options) 636 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 1403-04: High V oltage Message W aiting Lamp f or Single Line Set (HV MW Lamp) Use this option to enable or disable High V o[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1403-SL T’ s (Single Line T elephone Options) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 637 System 1001-1702[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1404-Caller ID 638 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1404-Caller ID Description Use this program to customize Caller ID Class of Service options. Options 1404-01: Caller ID Displa y (CID Display) Use this option to enable or disable the ability of an extension to display Caller ID. If enabled[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1404-Caller ID DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 639 System 1001-1702 Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 1404-04: Caller ID Displa y Separator (CID Display “-”) Use this option to enable or disable the Caller ID display separator . If enable[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1404-Caller ID 640 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1405-Distinctive Ringing DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 641 System 1001-1702 1405-Distinctive Ringing Description Use this program to customize Distincti ve Ringing Class of Service options. Options 1405-01: Ring T ype Con fi guration (Ring Con fi g) If enabled, this option allo ws an ex[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1405-Distinctive Ringing 642 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1406-Call Forwarding Options DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 643 System 1001-1702 1406-Call Forwarding Options Description Use this program to customize Call Forwarding Class of Service options. Options 1406-01: Call Forwar ding Off-Premises (Off-Premise) Use this option to enable or disabl[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1407-P aging 644 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1407-Paging Description Use this program to customize paging Class of Service options. Options 1407-01: Make All Call P age (All Call Pa ge) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to make an All Call Paging announcemen[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1407-P aging DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 645 System 1001-1702 1407-04: Make P age Into Zone 3 (P age Zone 3) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to make a Paging announcement into zone 3. F eatur es • P aging (page 259) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options [...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 140x-Station 1407-P aging 646 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 1407-08: Make P age Into Zone 7 (P age Zone 7) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to make a Paging announcement into zone 7. F eat[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1411-Access DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 647 System 1001-1702 141x-Line 1411-Access Description Use this program to customize line access Class of Service options. Options 1411-01: Camp-On to Busy Lines (Camp-On Busy Lines) Use this option to enable or disable an extension’ s ability to C[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1411-Access 648 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • No (0) - Disabled 1411-04: Enhanced Last Number Redial (Enhanced LND) Use this option to enable or disable Enhanced Last Number Redial for the e xtension. If enabled, the extension has Enhanced Last Number Redial with the 5 number red[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1412-T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 649 System 1001-1702 1412-Toll Restriction Description Use this program to customize Class of Service options that affect call restriction. Options 1412-01: Walking Class of Service (Da y) (W alking COS Day) Use this option to enable or di[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1412-T oll Restriction 650 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

14xx-COS (Class of Service) 141x-Line 1412-T oll Restriction DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 651 System 1001-1702 1412-04: For ced Account Codes (Forced A/C) Use this option to enable or disable Forced Account Codes. If disabled, Optional Account Codes are still av ailable. F eatur es • Account Codes (page 14) IntraMail F eatur [...]

15xx-Options 150x-Operators 1501-Setup 652 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 15xx-Options 150x-Operators 1501-Setup Description Use this program to specify the number of system operators. Options 1501-01: Number of Operators (# of Operators) Use this option to specify the number of operators in the system (1-4). F eatur es • Atten[...]

15xx-Options 150x-Operators 1502-Assignments DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 653 System 1001-1702 1502-Assignments Description Use this program to assign the system’ s operator extensions. If you enabled more than one operator in 1501- 01: Number of Operator s (page 652), all four of the follo wing options are av ailable. Ho wev[...]

15xx-Options 150x-Operators 1502-Assignments 654 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • None 1502-04: Operator Number 4 (Operator 4) Assign the fourth operator’ s extension number . Be sure you ha ve entered the correct number of operators in 1501-01: Number of Operators (page 652). F eatur es • Attendant P osition (page [...]

15xx-Options 151x-Stations 1511-Display DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 655 System 1001-1702 151x-Stations 1511-Display Description Use this program to select the extension name entry format and clock display . Options 1511-01: Name Format (Name Format) Use this option to determine how e xtension names should be entered in 2101-02[...]

15xx-Options 151x-Stations 1511-Display 656 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1511-02: Cloc k Display Format (Clock Displa y Format) Use this option to change the format of a ke yset’ s T ime and Date display . See the chart belo w for a vailable entries. After changing the entry for this option, an extension user must either lift[...]

15xx-Options 151x-Stations 1512-Calls DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 657 System 1001-1702 1512-Calls Description Use this program to set up the call handling Auto Handsfree and Call W aiting tones options. Options 1512-01: A utomatic Handsfree (A uto-Handsfree) Use this option to enable or disable Automatic Handsfree system-wide.[...]

15xx-Options 151x-Stations 1513-Intercom 658 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1513-Intercom Description Use this program to enable or disable Intercom voice announcements and Auto Handsfree system-wide. Options 1513-01: Inter com V oice Announcements (V oice Announce) Use this option to enable or disable system-wide voice-announced[...]

15xx-Options 152x-MOH/BGM 1521-Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 659 System 1001-1702 152x-MOH/BGM 1521-Setup Description Use this program to set up options for Music on Hold and Background Music. Options 1521-01: Enable Music on Hold (Enable MOH) Use this option to enable or disable Music on Hold system wide. F eatur es • M[...]

15xx-Options 152x-MOH/BGM 1521-Setup 660 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Default • 0 1521-04: Bac kground Music o ver External P age (BGM Over Pa ge) Enable this option to hav e Background Music (if installed) play ov er the system's External Page. Disable this option if you don't want Background Music to play o ver th[...]

15xx-Options 152x-MOH/BGM 1521-Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 661 System 1001-1702 1521-05: A udio Input 1 Gain Setting (A udio #1 Gain) Use this option to set the gain (volume) of Audio Input 1. F eatur es • Music on Hold (page 246) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 01-25 (-12 dB to +12 dB in 1 dB steps) Default [...]

15xx-Options 153x-Paging 1531-Setup 662 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 153x-Paging 1531-Setup Description Use this program to set up External Paging. Options 1531-01: External P age Ring T ype (P age Ring T ype) Use this option to indicate the type of ringing that will broadcast over the External P age (none, station, or line). F[...]

15xx-Options 153x-Paging 1531-Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 663 System 1001-1702 1531-03: External P age Ring V olume (P age Ring V olume) Use this option to adjust the volume of ringing o ver the External P aging system. This option does not af fect the volume of Background Music, Door Chime, or External P age voice broad[...]

15xx-Options 153x-Paging 1531-Setup 664 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1531-04: Door Chime Over External P age (P age DoorChime) Use this option to enable Door Chimes ov er External Page. F eatur es • P aging (page 259) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disab[...]

15xx-Options 153x-Paging 1532-Ring Control DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 665 System 1001-1702 1532-Ring Control Description If External Paging is set up to broadcast line ringing, use this program to specify the ringing type for each line. Options 1532-[01-64]: External P age Line Ringing (Line nn Ring) If 1531-01: External P ag[...]

15xx-Options 154x-SMDR (Station Message Detail Recording) 1541-Setup 666 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 154x-SMDR (Station Message Detail Recording) 1541-Setup Description Use this program to set up the SMDR options. Options 1541-01: SMDR P ort (SMDR P ort) Use this option to specify the port the system uses for SMDR. F eatur es [...]

15xx-Options 155x-Account Codes 1551-Setup DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 667 System 1001-1702 155x-Account Codes 1551-Setup Description Use this program to customize system-wide Account Code options. Options 1551-01: Dial # to Enter Account Codes (# Key A C Codes) Use this option to enable an extension user to dial # to enter an[...]

15xx-Options 155x-Account Codes 1551-Setup 668 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 1551-04: Account Code T oll Restriction Level (A C T oll Level) If 1412-06: Account Codes for T oll Calls Only (page 651) is enabled, use this option to differentiate tol[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1601-Incoming Call Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 669 System 1001-1702 16xx-Timers 160x-Feature Timers 1601-Incoming Call Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect incoming calls. Options 1601-01: Line No Answer Timer (Ring No Answer) Use this option to set how long [...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1601-Incoming Call Timers 670 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 1-9999 seconds • 0 for disabled Default • 15 seconds 1601-03: Call Forwar d No Answer Timer (CFWD No Answer) For Call F orwarding Ring No Answer, use this option set ho w long a forwarded call rings an unanswered extensi[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1602-Outgoing Call Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 671 System 1001-1702 1602-Outgoing Call Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect outgoing calls. Options 1602-01: Inter digit Timer (Interdigit Time) Use this option to set the Intercom interdigit time. When an exten[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1602-Outgoing Call Timers 672 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 1-9999 in 100 mS increments (e.g., 10 = 1 second, 100 = 10 seconds). Default • 20 (2 seconds)[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1602-Outgoing Call Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 673 System 1001-1702 1602-04: Dial P ause Timer (Interdigit Time) Use this option to set the length of a pause stored in a Speed Dial bin. F eatur es • Speed Dial (page 315) IntraMail F eatur es • Centr ex T ransfer (page 460) Options ?[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1602-Outgoing Call Timers 674 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1-99 seconds Default • 6[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1603-Recall Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 675 System 1001-1702 1603-Recall Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect system recalls. Options 1603-01: T ransfer Recall Timer (T ransfer Recall) Use this timer to set ho w long a transferred call rings an idle destinati[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1603-Recall Timers 676 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 1-9999 seconds • 0 for disabled Default • 90 seconds[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1603-Recall Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 677 System 1001-1702 1603-04: P ark Orbit Recall Timer (Orbit Recall) Use this option to set ho w long a call stays in System Park Orbit before it recalls the extension that park ed it. This timer if for orbits 60-67 only . The recall for orbits 6[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1604-Station Timers 678 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1604-Station Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect stations. Options 1604-01: Dela y Ring Timer (Delay Ring) Use this option to set how long the system w aits before ringing an extension that has the Delayed Ringing[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1604-Station Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 679 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • Extended Ringing (page 153) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1-9999 seconds • 0 for disabled Default • 20 seconds[...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1605-Control Timer s 680 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1605-Control Timers Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect v arious system features. Options 1605-01: P age Duration Timer (P age Duration) Use this option to set the maximum length of Page announcements. F eatur es • P [...]

16xx-T imers 160x-Feature T imers 1605-Control Timer s DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 681 System 1001-1702 1605-04: For ced Program Exit Timer (Program Exit) Use this option to set the F orced Program Exit timer . If a telephone in the programming mode is inacti ve longer than this interv al, the system automatically cancels the [...]

16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1611-Incoming 682 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 161x-COI (Analog Line) Timers 1611-Incoming Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect incoming calls on the line (COIU) PCBs. Options 1611-01: Minim um Ring Detect Timer (Ring Detect) Use this option to set the threshold f[...]

16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1611-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 683 System 1001-1702 1611-03: Minim um Double Ring Detection Off Timer (Double Ring Min) The system uses this option to detect v alid double ring from the connected PBX. V alid double ring must be longer than this interval. F eatur es • Non[...]

16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1611-Incoming 684 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1611-04: Maxim um Double Ring Detection Off Timer (Double Ring Max) The system uses this option to detect v alid double ring from the connected PBX. V alid double ring must be less than this interv al. F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatu[...]

16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1612-Outgoing DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 685 System 1001-1702 1612-Outgoing Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect outgoing calls on the line (COIU) PCBs. Options 1612-01: DP Break Timer (Break Time) Use this timer to set the duration of the Dial Pulse Break signa[...]

16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1612-Outgoing 686 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 100-9999 mS Default • 800 mS 1612-04: PBX/Centrex Flash Timer (Flash 1 Time) Use this timer to set the Flash interval. When a user fl ashes a line (manually or in a Speed Dial number), the system opens the line circuit for [...]

16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1612-Outgoing DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 687 System 1001-1702 1612-07: Shunt P ause Timer (Shunt Pause) Use this option to set the Shunt Pause T imer (Dial Pulse Mute T imer) for the A TRU PCB. While dial pulsing or doing a Flash, the A TR U PCB switches a lo w resistance shunt acro[...]

16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1613-Loop Control 688 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1613-Loop Control Description Use this program to adjust timers that affect the loop on the line (COIU) PCBs. Options 1613-01: Loop Current Detection Timer (Loop Detect) For loop start lines, loop current must be present for this inte[...]

16xx-T imers 161x-COI (Analog Line) T imers 1613-Loop Control DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 689 System 1001-1702 1613-03: P o wer Failure Reco very Detect Timer (Loop Recovery) Use this option to set the Power F ailure Recov ery Detect time. When the A TR U or COIU PCB recov ers from a power f ailure, it checks the power f ailur[...]

16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1621-Incoming 690 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) Timers 1621-Incoming Description Use this program to adjust the timers that affect incoming calls to analog single line telephones. Options 1621-01: Minim um DP Break Timer (Minimum Break) Use this opt[...]

16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1621-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 691 System 1001-1702 1621-03: Minim um DP Make Timer (Minimum Make) Use this option to de fi ne the minimum amount of time the loop must be closed to properly decode the dial pulse digits sent from analog devices connected to single l[...]

16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1621-Incoming 692 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1621-04: Maxim um DP Make Timer (Maximum Make) Use this option to de fi ne the maximum amount of time the loop must be closed to properly decode the dial pulse digits sent from analog devices connected to SLIU PCBs. Change this va[...]

16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1621-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 693 System 1001-1702 IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 5-1275 mS Default • 105 mS 1621-08: Dial Pulse Guar d Timer (Dial Pulse Guard) Use this option to set the interv al the single line PCB waits between dial pulse digits be[...]

16xx-T imers 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) T imers 1622-Outgoing 694 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1622-Outgoing Description Use this program to adjust the timers that affect outgoing calls from analog single line telephones. Options 1622-01: Loop Disconnect Timer (Loop Disconnect) Use this option to determine how long the singl[...]

16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1631-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 695 System 1001-1702 163x-T1/E1 Timers 1631-Incoming Description Use this program to adjust the timers that affect incoming T1/E1 calls. Options 1631-01: Receive Loop Detection Timer (Rx Loop Detect) For loop start T1 lines, loop current must be present [...]

16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1631-Incoming 696 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual Options • 4-1020 mS Default • 104 mS 1631-04: Receive Dial Pulse Minim um Make Timer (Rx Min Make) Use this option to set the minimum required duration of the T1 circuit recei ve Dial Pulse Mak e signal (i.e., relay closed). This is the minimum ?[...]

16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1631-Incoming DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 697 System 1001-1702 1631-07: Receive Maxim um Flash Timer (Rx Max Flash) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 16-4080 mS Default • 1008 mS 1631-08: Receive Minim um Clear Signal Timer[...]

16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1632-Outgoing 698 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1632-Outgoing Description Use this program to adjust the timers that affect outgoing T1/E1 calls. Options 1632-01: T ransmit Dial Pulse Break Timer (Tx Break Time) Use this option to set the duration of the T1 circuit transmit Dial Pulse Break signal[...]

16xx-T imers 163x-T1/E1 T imers 1632-Outgoing DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 699 System 1001-1702 IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 16-4080 mS Default • 800 mS 1632-04: T ransmit Flash Timer (Tx Flash Time) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 16-4080 m[...]

16xx-T imers 164x-T1 Specific T imers 1641-Ring Detect 700 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 164x-T1 Specific Timers 1641-Ring Detect Description Use this program to adjust the T1 Ring Detect timers. Options 1641-01: Minim um Ring Detect Timer (Ring Detect) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F[...]

16xx-T imers 164x-T1 Specific T imers 1641-Ring Detect DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 701 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 4-1020 mS Default • 304 mS 1641-05: Ring Stop Detection Timer (Ring Stop) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMa[...]

16xx-T imers 164x-T1 Specific T imers 1642-Call Control 702 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1642-Call Control Description Use this program to adjust the T1 Call Control timers. Options 1642-01: T ransmit Wink Timer (TX Wink Time) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options [...]

16xx-T imers 164x-T1 Specific T imers 1642-Call Control DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 703 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 4-1020 mS • 0 for unde fi ned (disabled) Default • Unde fi ned (disabled)[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1651-TX (T ransmit Timers) 704 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 165x-E1 Specific Timers 1651-TX (T ransmit Timers) Description Use this program to adjust the E1 transmit timers. Options 1651-01: T ransmit Seize Ackno wledge Timer (Tx Seize Ack) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Li[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1651-TX (T ransmit Timers) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 705 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 16-4080 mS Default • 1008 mS 1651-05: T ransmit Seize Signal (BZL) Timer (Tx Seize Signal (BZL)) Information to be provided. F eatur e[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1652-RX (Receive Timers) 706 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1652-RX (Receive Timers) Description Use this program to adjust the E1 recei ve timers. Options 1652-01: Receive Minim um Seize Acknowledge Timer (Rx Min Seize Ack) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) Intr[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1652-RX (Receive Timers) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 707 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 4-1020 mS Default • 300 mS 1652-05: Receive Minim um Answer Timer (Rx Min Answer) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (p[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1652-RX (Receive Timers) 708 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1652-08: Receive Maxim um Meter Pulse Timer (Rx Max Meter Pls) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 4-1020 mS Default • 300 mS 1652-09: Receive Minim um Double An[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1652-RX (Receive Timers) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 709 System 1001-1702 Default • 2048 mS 1652-12: Receive Line Bloc k Recover Timer (Rx Line Block Reco ver) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 64-16320 mS Default ?[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1653-MFC Incoming Timers 710 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1653-MFC Incoming Timers Description Use this program to adjust the E1 MFC incoming timers. Options 1653-01: GI Signal Timer (GI Signal) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Op[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1653-MFC Incoming Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 711 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 50-600 mS Default • 100 mS[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1654-MFC Outgoing Timers 712 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 1654-MFC Outgoing Timers Description Use this program to adjust the E1 MFC outgoing timers. Options 1654-01: GA Response Timer (GA Response) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • Non[...]

16xx-T imers 165x-E1 Specific T imers 1654-MFC Outgoing Timers DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 713 System 1001-1702 F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1-32 seconds Default • 12 seconds 1654-05: GC Response Timer (GC Response) Information to be provided. F eatur es • T1 Lines (page 338[...]

17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1701-Format 714 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual 17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1701-Format Description Use this program to set the maximum number of System Speed Dial bins (9, 99, or 999) that users can dial. This does not limit the number of bins you can program in 1702-Assignment (System [...]

17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 715 System 1001-1702 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) Description Use this program to enter System Speed Dial numbers in to system memory . Options 1702-[001-999]: Select System Speed Dial Bin to Pr ogra[...]

17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) 716 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) • Speed Dial (page 315) IntraMail F eatur es • Caller ID and V oice Mail (page 456) • External T ransfer (page 483) Options • 1-64 for lines 1-64 Default • No entry 1702[...]

17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) DSX Software Manual System Options: 1001-1702 ◆ 717 System 1001-1702 1702-[001-999]: System Speed Dial Bin Name (Bin Name) Use this option to enter a name (up to 16 characters) for the System Speed Dial bin. When entering names, use the follo wing Name Pr ogr ammin[...]

17xx-Speed Dial (System) 170x-Setup 1702-Assignment (System Speed Dial Assignment) 718 ◆ System Options: 1001-1702 DSX Software Manual F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) IntraMail F eatur es • Caller ID and V oice Mail (page 456) • External T ransfer (page 483) Options • Alpha-numeric c haracters (16 max.). See Name Pr ogramming C[...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 719 Station 2101-2501 Stations: 2101-2501 21xx-Con fi guration 210x-Setup 2101-Type Description Use this program to set up basic station (extension) options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa vi[...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype 720 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2101-02: Station Name (Name) Use this option to assign a name (up to 16 characters) to the extension port. F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) • Names for Extensions and Lines (page 249) IntraMail F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 469) [...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 721 Station 2101-2501 CHECK Restore the previous entry , Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Times 9 Times[...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype 722 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2101-03: Station Displa y Language (Language) Use this option to set the language for the extension’ s display (including system programming). Y ou can also set this option from the keyset using the soft k eys. F eatur es • Language Selection (page [...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 723 Station 2101-2501 2101-05: Outgoing ANI ID (ANI ID) For E1 lines only , use this option to specify the outgoing ANI data that identi fi es the extension (1-4 digits appended to the system’ s telephone number). This option is only for E1 MFC dialing. [...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2102-Access 724 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2102-Access Description Use this program to customize station (extension) access options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2102-01: Class of Service (COS) Use this option[...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2102-Access DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 725 Station 2101-2501 2102-04: User Pr ogramming Access Level (Pgm Level) Use this option to set an extensions Programming Access Lev el. This setting determines which User Programmable Features the extension can use. F eatur es • Call F orwarding (page [...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2103-Ringing 726 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2103-Ringing Description Use this program to customize station (extension) Distincti ve Ringing options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2103-01: Da y Ring T ype (Day R[...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2103-Ringing DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 727 Station 2101-2501 you make in this option will take ef fect. If this option is 1-3, the setting you make in this option will only take ef fect if 1405-02: Station Ring Override (page 641) is also enabled. F eatur es • Distinctive Ringing (page 135) [...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2103-Ringing 728 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Default • 3 2103-07: Station’ s Ring “A” T one (T ype-A Ring T one) For the station’ s type “ A” incoming ring, use this option to select the Distinctiv e Ringing ring tone used. F eatur es • Distinctive Ringing (page 135) IntraMail F [...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2104-Display DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 729 Station 2101-2501 2104-Display Description Use this program to adjust the station (extension) display backlight brightness settings. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 210[...]

21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2104-Display 730 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2111-Features DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 731 Station 2101-2501 211x-Options 2111-Features Description Use this program to enable or disable v arious station (extension) features. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2111-Features 732 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2111-04: Ringing Line Preference (Ringing Line Pref) Use this option to enable or disable Ringing Line Preference for the extension. F eatur es • Ringing Line Pr efer ence (page 295) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0) - Disabled •[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2111-Features DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 733 Station 2101-2501 IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 2111-08: Answering Mac hine (Answering Machine) For systems without v oice mail that are using a customer-pro vided [...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2111-Features 734 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2111-09: P ersonal Speed Dial (P ersonal SPD) Use this option to enable or disable Personal Speed Dial for the extension. If the extension has this option disabled, Call F orwarding Of f Premises is not av ailable. F eatur es • Call F orwarding O[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2112-Speaker Control DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 735 Station 2101-2501 2112-Speaker Control Description Use this program to customize features of the station (extension) speak er . If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Option[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2112-Speaker Control 736 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2112-Speaker Control DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 737 Station 2101-2501 2112-04: V oice Announcements in Headset Mode (Headset V .A.) Use this option to enable or disable incoming voice-announced Intercom calls while the e xtension is in the headset mode. If enable, the user hears 2 beeps in th[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2113-Groups 738 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2113-Groups Description Use this program to assign the various groups to which the station (e xtension) belongs. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2113-01: Dial 9 Gr oup[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2113-Groups DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 739 Station 2101-2501 2113-03: Pic kup Group (Pickup Gr oup) Use this option to assign the extension to a Pickup Group. F eatur es • Gr oup Call Pic kup (page 184) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1 - 8 (pickup groups 1-8) • 0 (unassigned) D[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2113-Groups 740 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2113-04: Priv acy Gr oup (Privacy Gr oup) Use this option to assign an extension to a Pri v acy Release Group. F eatur es • Privacy Release Gr oups (page 278) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 1 - 16 for Pri vac y Release Groups 1-16 • 0 [...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2114-Off Hook Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 741 Station 2101-2501 2114-Off Hook Options Description Used this program to customize the of f-hook options for the station (extension). If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool.[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2114-Off Hook Options 742 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Options • 1-64 (lines 1-64) Default • 1 2114-01: Prime Line Gr oup (Prime Line Group) If 2114-01: Prime Line T ype is set for line (3), use this option to select the Line Group the e xtension seizes when the user lifts the handset. The [...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2114-Off Hook Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 743 Station 2101-2501 2114-02: Station Ring Down T ype (Ring Down T ype) Use this option to set the extension’ s Ring Down type (none, e xtension, System Speed Dial, or Personal Speed Dial). F eatur es • Cor dless T elephone (page 94) • R[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2114-Off Hook Options 744 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2114-03: Station’ s Operator Extension Number (Operator Ext) Assign the extension’ s operator . This is the co-worker the e xtension user reaches when they dial 0. F eatur es • Attendant P osition (page 24) IntraMail F eatur es • No[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 745 Station 2101-2501 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options Description Use this program to set the Extension Hunting and DID Intercept options for the extension (station). If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Stati[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options 746 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual UCD Hunting Options 2115-01: Hunt T ype (Hunt T ype) Use this option to assign the hunt type for the extension. F eatur es • Extension Hunting (page 154) IntraMail F eatur es • Extension Hunting to V oice Mail (page 478) Op[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 747 Station 2101-2501 F eatur es • Extension Hunting (page 154) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 700 (UCD Group 1) through 707 (UCD Group 8) • None (entered by pressing CLEAR ) Default • None[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2115-Hunting and Overflow Options 748 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2115-02: DID Station Inter cept T ype (DID Intercept T ype) Use this option to set the extension’ s DID Intercept type. Intercept can occur when the extension is b usy , in Do Not Disturb, or unanswered. F eatur es • Dir ec[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2116-Off Hook Signaling Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 749 Station 2101-2501 2116-Off Hook Signaling Options Description Use this program to set the station (extension) Of f-Hook Signaling options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy tim[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2116-Off Hook Signaling Options 750 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2116-03: Off Hook Signaling f or Incoming Outside Calls (OHS Lines) T o hav e the system audibly alert the operator when outside calls are w aiting, assign an e xtension’ s Off-Hook Signaling options for outside calls (no Of f-H[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2117-Call Logging (Caller ID Logging) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 751 Station 2101-2501 2117-Call Logging (Caller ID Logging) Description Use this program to set up Caller ID Logging at the extension (station). If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a h[...]

21xx-Configuration 211x-Options 2117-Call Logging (Caller ID Logging) 752 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2117-01: Caller ID Log Gr oup (CID Log Group) If 2117-01: Caller ID Log T ype is 2 (group), use this option to specify to which Caller ID Logging Group the extension belongs. F eatur es • Caller ID Logging (page 68) IntraM[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 753 Station 2101-2501 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Keys Description Use this program to assign the Feature K eys on a ke yset. The defaults are as follo ws: ❥ In DSX-80/160, keys 1-12 are line k eys for lines 1-12 and ke ys 13-24 are unde fi ned. ❥ In[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys 754 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Hotline (page 207) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Hotline ke y . A keyset user can use the #HL user-program- mable procedure to change the Hotline assign- ments on their console. 05 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call Ho[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 755 Station 2101-2501 Group Pic kup No Ring (page 184) Use this option to assign a Feature K ey as a lamp only (no ring) Group Call Pickup key . 10 + nn (Pickup Group 01-16) • Press key to answer call ringing Pickup Group. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys 756 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Night (page 252) Use this option to assign a Feature K ey as a Night ke y . There are two options: System Night key and UCD Night ke y . The System Night ke y puts all Ke y Ring lines and lines terminated to Ring Group master numbers into the nig[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 757 Station 2101-2501 Save Number Dialed (page 298) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Sav e Number Dialed key . • There is no BLF for this key type. 25 While on a call: • Press key to sa ve the number you just dialed. While idle: • [...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2121-Feature Ke ys 758 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Options 2121-[01 to 24]: Feature Ke y Codes (Ke y xx T ype) Use this option to enter the key codes for an e xtension’ s Feature Keys. Refer to Extension F eature K ey Assignments (page 753) for the speci fi cs. F eatur es • Refer to Extensio[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2122-Ring Override (Ke y Ring Override) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 759 Station 2101-2501 2122-Ring Override (Key Ring Override) Description Use this program to set up Distincti ve Ringing K ey Ring Override at the e xtension (station). If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Stat[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2123-BLF (DSS Ke ys) 760 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2123-BLF (DSS Keys) Description Use this program to set up the station (extension) DSS/BLF k eys. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2123-[01-24]: DSS/BLF Ke y Assi[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2124-Soft Ke ys (Idle Menu Soft Ke ys f or Super Display) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 761 Station 2101-2501 2124-Soft Keys (Idle Menu Soft Keys for Super Display) Description Use this program to customize the Super Display T elephone idle menu soft ke ys. If programming multiple extensions, you m[...]

21xx-Configuration 212x-Keys 2124-Soft Ke ys (Idle Menu Soft Ke ys f or Super Display) 762 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 04 COMP ANY Press to directly access System Speed Dial Directory Dialing. 05 PROGRAM Press to program the follo wing: • Call Forw arding • Call Screening • Distinctiv e Ringing • Handsfree Reply • [...]

21xx-Configuration 213x-Access 2131-Lines DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 763 Station 2101-2501 213x-Access 2131-Lines Description Use this program to set up the station (extension) access to outside lines. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2131-[01[...]

21xx-Configuration 213x-Access 2132-Ringing 764 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2132-Ringing Description Use this program to set up the station (extension) ringing for outside lines. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2132-[01-64]: Line Ringing (xx L[...]

21xx-Configuration 213x-Access 2133-Line Groups DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 765 Station 2101-2501 2133-Line Groups Description Use this option to set the station (extension) access to Line Groups 90-98. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2133-[01[...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2141-T ype 766 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2141-Type Description Use this program to assign the station (extension) mailbox type. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Opti[...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2142-Setup DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 767 Station 2101-2501 2142-Setup Description Use this program to set up the Station Mailbox. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2142-01: Number of Messages[...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2142-Setup 768 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2142-04: Station Mailbo x V oice Prompt Langua ge (V oice Prompts) Use this option to set the Station Mailbox voice prompt language. Y ou can choose[...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2143-Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 769 Station 2101-2501 2143-Options Description Use this program to customize v arious Station Mailbox options. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Station Copy (page 921) a handy time-sa ving tool. Options 2143-01[...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2143-Options 770 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2143-Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 771 Station 2101-2501 2143-04: Message Waiting Lamp (MW Lamp) Use this option to enable or disable Message W aiting lamping at the extension associated with the Sub- scriber mailbox. For Subscriber Mailbox es, you should leav e this [...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2144-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) 772 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2144-Auto-Attendant (Automated Attendant) Description Use this program to set up the Automated Attendant options for the Station Mailbox. If programming multiple extensions, you may fi nd 9021-Stat[...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2144-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 773 Station 2101-2501 IntraMail F eatur es • Next Call Routing Mailbox (page 552) Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled[...]

21xx-Configuration 214x-IntraMail (Station Mailbox) 2144-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) 774 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2144-04: Next Call Routing Mailbo x (Next CRMB) Use this option to assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to the Subscriber Mailbox. This provides callers with additional dialing options while listening[...]

21xx-Configuration 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 775 Station 2101-2501 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (Personal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) Description Use this option to enter an extension’ s Personal Speed Dial numbers from system p[...]

21xx-Configuration 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) 776 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual • Speed Dial (page 315) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 90-98 for Line Groups 90-98 Default • No entry 2151-[01-20]: P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Number (xx Bin xx Number) Use this opt[...]

21xx-Configuration 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 777 Station 2101-2501 2151-[01-20]: P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Name (xx Bin xx Name) Use this option to enter a name (up to 16 characters) for the Personal Speed Dial bin. When entering names, use the[...]

21xx-Configuration 215x-Speed Dial (Personal) 2151-Assignment (P ersonal Speed Dial Bin Assignment) 778 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual F eatur es • Call F orwarding Of f Pr emises (page 51) • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • Alpha-numeric c haracters (16 max.). See Name Pr ogramming Ch[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 220x-Setup 2201-Identification DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 779 Station 2101-2501 22xx-Ring Groups 220x-Setup 2201-Identification Description For each Ring Group, use this program to specify the Ring Group name and Ring T ype. Options 2201-01: Ring Gr oup Name (Name) Use this option to enter a name (up to 16[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 220x-Setup 2201-Identification 780 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) • Gr oup Ring (page 189) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • Alpha-numeric c haracters (16 max.). See Name Pr ogramming Chart abov e. 2201-02: Ring Gr oup Incoming Ring T ype (Ring T ype) Use t[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2211-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 781 Station 2101-2501 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2211-Type Description Use this program to set the Ring Group Mailbox type. Options 2211-01: Mailbo x T ype (Mailbox T ype) Use this option to set the Ring Group Mailbox type (Su[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2212-Setup 782 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2212-Setup Description Use this program to set up the Ring Group Mailbox. Options 2212-01: Number of Messages (# of Messages) Use this option to set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the Subscriber Mailbox. If a ca[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2212-Setup DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 783 Station 2101-2501 Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2212-04: Ring Gr oup Mailbo x V oice Prompt Language (V oice Prompts) Use this option to set the Ring Group Mailbox voice prompt l[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2213-Options 784 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2213-Options Description Use this program to customize v arious Ring Group Mailbox options. Options 2213-01: Message Pla yback Or der (Playbac k Order)ƒ Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message playback order . When[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2213-Options DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 785 Station 2101-2501 2213-03: A uto Time Stamp (A uto Time Stamp) Use this option to enable or disable Auto T ime Stamp for the Subscriber Mailbox. If enabled, after the sub- scriber listens to a message IntraMail will announce the [...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2213-Options 786 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2213-05: Recor ding Con versation Beep (Rec Con v Beep) Use this option to enable or disable the Con versation Record beep. If enabled, all parties on a call will hear the voice prompt “ Recor ding” followed by a beep when th[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2214-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 787 Station 2101-2501 2214-Auto-Attendant (Automated Attendant) Description Use this program to set up the Automated Attendant options for the Ring Group Mailbox. Options 2214-01: A uto Attendant Do Not[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2214-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) 788 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2214-03: Dialing Option (Dialing Option) Dialing Option provides additional dialing options for Ne xt Call Routing Mailbox calls (see 2214-04: Next Call Routing Mailbox belo w). If enabled, a caller[...]

22xx-Ring Groups 221x-IntraMail (Ring Group Mailbox) 2214-A uto-Attendant (A utomated Attendant) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 789 Station 2101-2501 2214-05: Directory List Number (Directory List) Use this option to specify the Directory List to which the Subscriber Mailbox belongs. When setting up Directory Dialing Mailboxes, [...]

23xx-UCD Groups 230x-Setup 2301-Identification 790 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 23xx-UCD Groups 230x-Setup 2301-Identification Description For each UCD Group, use this program to specify the UCD Group name and Ring T ype. Options 2301-01: UCD Gr oup Name (Name) Use this option to enter a name (up to 16 characters) for the UC[...]

23xx-UCD Groups 230x-Setup 2301-Identification DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 791 Station 2101-2501 F eatur es • Dir ectory Dialing (page 131) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • Alpha-numeric c haracters (16 max.). See Name Pr ogramming Chart abov e. 2301-02: UCD Gr oup Incoming Ring T ype (Ring T ype) Use this option [...]

23xx-UCD Groups 230x-Setup 2302-Options 792 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2302-Options Description Use this program to specify the UCD Group ov er fl ow destination. Options 2302-01: UCD Gr oup Over fl ow Destination (Over fl ow Dest) Use this option to assign the UCD Group ov er fl ow destination. F eatur es • Extension [...]

23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2311-T ype DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 793 Station 2101-2501 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2311-Type Description Use this program to set the UCD Group Mailbox type. Options 2311-01: UCD Gr oup Mailbo x T ype (Mailbox T ype) Use this option to set the UCD Group Mailbox ty[...]

23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2312-Setup 794 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2312-Setup Description Use this program to set up the UCD Group Mailbox. Options 2312-01: Number of Messages (# of Messages) Use this option to set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the Subscriber Mailbox. If a calle[...]

23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2312-Setup DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 795 Station 2101-2501 Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2312-04: UCD Gr oup Mailbo x V oice Prompt Language (V oice Prompts) Use this option to set the UCD Group Mailbox voice prompt langu[...]

23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2313-Playbac k 796 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2313-Playback Description Use this program to customize v arious UCD Group Mailbox options. Options 2313-01: Message Pla yback Or der (Playbac k Order) Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message playback order . When a[...]

23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2313-Playbac k DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 797 Station 2101-2501 • Gr oup Mailbox (page 497) Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2313-04: Message Waiting Lamp (MW Lamp) Use this option to enable or disable Message W aiting lamp[...]

23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2314-(A uto-Attendant) A utomated Attendant 798 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 2314-(Auto-Attendant) Automated Attendant Description Use this program to set up the Automated Attendant options for the UCD Group Mailbox. Options 2314-01: A uto Attendant Do Not Disturb (A uto-Att D[...]

23xx-UCD Groups 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2314-(A uto-Attendant) A utomated Attendant DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 799 Station 2101-2501 IntraMail F eatur es • Gr oup Mailbox (page 497) • Next Call Routing Mailbox (page 552) Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 2314-04[...]

24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2401-Config (DSS Console Configuration) 800 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2401-Config (DSS Console Configuration) Description Use this program to designate an owner for each DSS Console. Options 2401-01: DSS Owner (DSS Owner) For each DSS Console, use this option to [...]

24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 801 Station 2101-2501 2402-Keys (DSS Console Keys) Description Use this program to designate the Feature Ke ys for each DSS Console. 2402-[01-60]: DSS Console Ke y Codes (Ke y xx T ype) Use this option to enter the key codes for the DSS Co[...]

24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) 802 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual The follo wing chart shows the a vailable DSS Console Feature K e y assignments. DSS Console Feature K ey Assignments (P age 1 of 4) Ke y T ype Description Ke y Code and Data Operation Unde fi ned Use this option to designate a Featur[...]

24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 803 Station 2101-2501 Call Covera ge No Ring (page 40) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a lamp only (no ring) Call Cov erage Ke y . 07 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call co v- ered extension or pick up ringing call. [...]

24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) 804 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual System Speed Dial (page 315) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a System Speed Dial key . Y ou assign the ke y to speci fi c System Speed Dial bin. • There is no BLF for this key type. 14 + nnn (bin 001- 999) • Press key [...]

24xx-DSS Consoles 240x-Setup 2402-Ke ys (DSS Console Ke ys) DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 805 Station 2101-2501 Message Center (page 372) Use this option to assign a Feature Ke y as a Message Center ke y . 24 + nnn (extension number) • Press key to call Message Center Mailbox. Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Off . . . . . . . . .No mes[...]

25xx-T ext Messages (Selectable Display Messaging) 250x-Setup 2501-T ext 806 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual 25xx-Text Messages (Selectable Display Messaging) 250x-Setup 2501-Text Description Use this program to customize the Selectable Display Messages. Options 2501-[01-16]: Selectable Displa y Messages (Message T e xt) Use this[...]

25xx-T ext Messages (Selectable Display Messaging) 250x-Setup 2501-T ext DSX Software Manual Station Options: 2101-2501 ◆ 807 Station 2101-2501 Name Programming Chart Message 16 Unde fi ned (up to 18 characters) Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Ti[...]

25xx-T ext Messages (Selectable Display Messaging) 250x-Setup 2501-T ext 808 ◆ Station Options: 2101-2501 DSX Software Manual[...]

31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-T ype DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 809 Line 3101-3715 Lines: 3101-3715 31xx-Con fi guration 310x-Setup 3101-Type Description Use this program to set the line circuit type, name, PBX option, and E1 signaling (for Latin America instal- lations only). If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd[...]

31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-T ype 810 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3101-02: Line Name (Name) Use this option to assign a name (up to 16 characters) to the line. F eatur es • Names for Extensions and Lines (page 249) IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • See the Name Pro gramming Chart on the ne xt page. Default • [...]

31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-T ype DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 811 Line 3101-3715 3101-03: DTMF Dialing (DTMF Dialing) Use this option to set the type of dialing used by the line (DTMF or Dial Pulse). F eatur es • Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering (page 74) • Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing (page 78) • Dir ect Inw[...]

31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-T ype 812 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual • 7 for Brazil #5 • 8 for Brazil #6 Default • 0 3101-06: MFC Signaling T ype (MFC Signaling) For E1 lines only , use this option to specify the MFC Dialing T ype. F eatur es • N/A IntraMail F eatur es • None Options • 0 for MFC not used • 1 f[...]

31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3102-Access DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 813 Line 3101-3715 3102-Access Description Use this program to set the line Class of Service and T oll Level. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3102-01: Line Class of Service (COS Level) [...]

31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3103-Settings 814 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3103-Settings Description Use this program to customize basic settings for the line. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3103-01: T ransmit Gain (T ransmit Gain) Use this option to se[...]

31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3103-Settings DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 815 Line 3101-3715 3103-03: Loop Length (Loop Length) Use this option to compensate for a line’ s loop length. Use the default option for normal installations. Use the short option only when the system is very close to the central of fi ce or behind a PB[...]

31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3103-Settings 816 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3103-04: T andem Calls (T andem Calls) Use this option to enable or disable T andem Calls for the line. Enable T andem Calls for lines if Of f Premises Call Forw arding should be able to route incoming calls to an of f-premises location. The originating[...]

31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3111-Features DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 817 Line 3101-3715 311x-Options 3111-Features Description Use this program to enable or disable v arious line features. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3111-01: Disable For ced Acco[...]

31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3111-Features 818 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 3111-04: Enable MFC Gr oup B (MFC Group B) For E1 lines only , use this option to enable or disable the MFC Dialing Group B supervisory signaling. Since not all central of fi ces pro vide Group B [...]

31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3112-T ermination DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 819 Line 3101-3715 3112-Termination Description Use this program to set the line termination options. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3112-01: Direct T ermination in the Day (Da[...]

31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3112-T ermination 820 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3112-03: Da y Over fl ow Destination (Day Ov fl Destination) Use this option to set the ov er fl ow destination for day mode calls (including DILs). The destination can be an extension, UCD Group master number , voice mail master number , Ring [...]

31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3112-T ermination DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 821 Line 3101-3715 • V oice Mail (page 372) IntraMail F eatur es • V oice Mail Over fl ow (page 590) Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • No (0) - Disabled 3112-06: Night Over fl ow Destination (Night Ov fl Destinati[...]

31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3113-Ringing 822 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3113-Ringing Description Use this program to set the line Pickup Group assignment and ring types. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3113-01: Pic kup Group Assignment (Pickup Gr oup[...]

31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3113-Ringing DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 823 Line 3101-3715 3113-03: Night Ring T ype (Night Ring T ype) Use this option to assign a ring type (A, B, or C) for the line’ s night ringing. When the line rings an extension in the night ring mode, it uses the ring type speci fi ed in this option. [...]

31xx-Configuration 311x-Options 3113-Ringing 824 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3113-04: Dela y Ring T ype (Delay Ring T ype) Use this option to assign a ring type (A, B, or C) for the line’ s delay ringing. When the line rings an exten- sion in the delay ring mode, it uses the ring type speci fi ed in this option. F eatur es ?[...]

31xx-Configuration 312x-Caller ID 3121-Settings DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 825 Line 3101-3715 312x-Caller ID 3121-Settings Description Use this program to set the line Caller ID parameters. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3121-01: Caller ID T ype (CID T [...]

31xx-Configuration 312x-Caller ID 3121-Settings 826 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual Options • 0 for none • 1 for ANI • 2 for *ANI* • 3 for *DNIS* • 4 for *ANI*DNIS* Default •0 3121-03: ANI/DNIS Delimiter (ANI/DNIS Delimiter) For ANI/DNIS format options 2-4 (see 3121-02: ANI/DNIS F ormat abov e), use this option to set t[...]

31xx-Configuration 312x-Caller ID 3122-Groups DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 827 Line 3101-3715 3122-Groups Description Use this program to specify to which Caller ID Groups the line belongs. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3122-[01-08]: Caller ID Gr oup Mem[...]

31xx-Configuration 313x-V oice Mail 3131-Settings 828 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 313x-Voice Mail 3131-Settings Description For each line, use this program to set the v oice mail Caller ID option and IntraMail Answer T able. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Option[...]

31xx-Configuration 313x-V oice Mail 3131-Settings DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 829 Line 3101-3715 3131-03: Line V oice Prompt Langua ge (V oice Prompts) Use this option to set the line voice prompt language. Y ou can choose either the Primary Language or the Secondary Language. T o activ ate a different primary or Secondary Lang[...]

31xx-Configuration 314x-TIE Line 3141-Dialing 830 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 314x-TIE Line 3141-Dialing Description For each tie line, use this program to select the line’ s dial 9 group and operator extension. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3141-01: [...]

31xx-Configuration 314x-TIE Line 3142-Line Access DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 831 Line 3101-3715 3142-Line Access Description Use this program to set the tie line outbound line access. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3142-[01-64]: Tie Line Caller’ s Out[...]

31xx-Configuration 314x-TIE Line 3143-Group Access 832 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3143-Group Access Description Use this program to set the tie line outbound Line Group access. If programming multiple lines, you may fi nd 9022-Line Copy (page 923) a handy time-saving tool. Options 3143-[01-64]: Tie Line Caller’ s Outbound L[...]

32xx-Groups 320x-Setup 3201-Order DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 833 Line 3101-3715 32xx-Groups 320x-Setup 3201-Order Description Use this program to set up Line Groups. Options 3201-[01-64]: Line Gr oup (xx 1st line) Use this option to program lines (1-64) into each of the nine Line Groups (90-98). The order in which you enter lin[...]

33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3301-Options 834 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3301-Options Description Use this program to specify the number of DID digits expected from the telco. Options 3301-01: Number of DID Digits (# DID Digits) Use this option to specify the number of [...]

33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3302-T ranslations DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 835 Line 3101-3715 3302-Translations Description Use this program to set up the system’ s DID routing. The DID T ranslation T able analyzes the DID string recei ved from the telco and routes it to the corresponding e xtension. Y ou make [...]

33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3302-T ranslations 836 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual Options 3302-01: Incoming DID Digits (Incoming Digits) For the table entry you are programming, use this option designate the incoming digits you want to translate. F eatur es • Dir ect Inwar d Dialing (page 99) IntraMail F eatur es [...]

33xx-DID (Direct Inward Dialing) 330x-Setup 3302-T ranslations DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 837 Line 3101-3715 • * (wild card representing any digit) Default • 3** for entry 001. All other table entries blank. 3302-01: MFC Category (MFC Category) For E1 lines only , use this option to set the MFC Dialing Category for each DID[...]

34xx-PBX 340x-Setup 3401-Codes 838 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 34xx-PBX 340x-Setup 3401-Codes Description Use this program to set up the PBX Access Codes T able. Options 3401-01: PBX Access Code Digits (PBX Access Digits) Use this option to enter codes into the PBX Access Codes T able. Y ou can enter up to 10 PBX Access Codes. E[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 350x-Setup 3501-T ype DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 839 Line 3101-3715 35xx-Toll Restriction 350x-Setup 3501-Type Description Use this program to set the T oll Restriction country type and enter additional emergency numbers. Options 3501-01: T oll Restriction Country T ype (T oll Restrict T ype) Use this opt[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 351x-Options 3511-Settings 840 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 351x-Options 3511-Settings Description Use this program to enable or disable Active K ey P ad (continuous dialing). Options 3511-01: Active Ke y P ad (Active Dial Pad) Use this option to enable or disable Active K ey P ad (continuous dialing) for o[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 351x-Options 3512-U .S. Dialing DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 841 Line 3101-3715 3512-U.S. Dialing Description Use this program to enable or disable the following types of dialing: • 0 + XXX Operator Assisted Dialing • 011 + XXX International Dialing • 101x Equal Access Dialing • Allow N11 Dialing Op[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 351x-Options 3512-U .S. Dialing 842 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual Options • No (0) - Disabled • Ye s (1) - Enabled Default • Ye s (1) - Enabled 3512-04: Allow N11 Dialing (Allow N11) Use this option to enable or disable dialing N11 services such as directory assistance (411) and repair (611). This opti[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 351x-Options 3513-International Dialing DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 843 Line 3101-3715 3513-International Dialing Description This program is not applicable to systems installed in North America.[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) 3521-T able Options 844 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) 3521-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the 1010 + XXX Equal Access Dialing T able . By default, this type of dialing is enabled because th[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 352x-1010-XXX / Local XXX (Equal Access Dialing) 3522-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 845 Line 3101-3715 3522-Table Entries 3522-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the 1010 + Equal Access Dialing T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur es • T oll Restriction[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 353x-1+XXX / TBL-A XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3531-T able Options 846 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 353x-1+XXX / TBL-A XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3531-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the 1 + NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able . By default, this type of dialing is enabl[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 353x-1+XXX / TBL-A XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3532-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 847 Line 3101-3715 3532-Table Entries 3532-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the 1 + NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur es • T oll Re[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 354x-1+XXX-XXX / TBL-A XXXXXXX (1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3541-T able Options 848 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 354x-1+XXX-XXX / TBL-A XXXXXXX (1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3541-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the 1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able . By default,[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 354x-1+XXX-XXX / TBL-A XXXXXXX (1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3542-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 849 Line 3101-3715 3542-Table Entries 3542-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the 1 + NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 355x-XXX / TBL-B-XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3551-T able Options 850 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 355x-XXX / TBL-B-XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3551-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able . By default, this type of dialing is enabled becau[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 355x-XXX / TBL-B-XXX (NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able) 3552-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 851 Line 3101-3715 3552-Table Entries 3552-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the NP A/NXX Dialing 3-Digit T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur es • T oll Restrict[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 356x-XXX-XXX / TBL-B XXXXXX (NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3561-T able Options 852 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 356x-XXX-XXX / TBL-B XXXXXX (NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3561-Table Options Description Use this program to set up the NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able . By default, this type of dial[...]

35xx-T oll Restriction 356x-XXX-XXX / TBL-B XXXXXX (NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able) 3562-T able Entries DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 853 Line 3101-3715 3562-Table Entries 3562-xx: T able Data (Dial Code) Use this option to enter data into the NP A + NXX Dialing 6-Digit T able . Y ou can enter up to 96 codes. F eatur es • T o[...]

36xx-AC Codes (V erified Account Codes T able) 360x-Setup 3601-Codes 854 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 36xx-AC Codes (Veri fi ed Account Codes Table) 360x-Setup 3601-Codes Description Use this option to enter codes into the V eri fi ed Account Codes T able. When 1412-05: V eri fi ed Account Codes (page 651) is enabled, the sys[...]

37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 370x-Log Groups (Caller ID Logging Groups) 3701-Setup DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 855 Line 3101-3715 37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 370x-Log Groups (Caller ID Logging Groups) 3701-Setup Description Use this program to set the record size (capacity) of each Caller ID Logging Group. Optio[...]

37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3711-Route 856 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 371x-Callback 3711-Route Description Use this program to set up the Caller ID callback route. Options 3711-01: Caller ID Callbac k Route T ype (Route T ype) Use this option to specify the type of route used for Caller ID callbacks (line[...]

37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3711-Route DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 857 Line 3101-3715 3711-01: Caller ID Callbac k Group (Callback Gr oup) For a type 2 (Line Group) Caller ID callback route, use this option to select the Line Group (90-98) the sys- tem will use when placing the callback. F eatur es • Cal[...]

37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3712-T reatment Options (Caller ID Callbac k Dial T reatment Options) 858 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3712-Treatment Options (Caller ID Callback Dial Treatment Options) Description Use this program to set the Caller ID Dial T reatment options. Options 3712-01: Initialize Caller [...]

37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3712-T reatment Options (Caller ID Callbac k Dial T reatment Options) DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 859 Line 3101-3715 3712-03: Home Area Code Exception List T ype (HNP A Exception T ype) Use this option to set the Home Area Code Exception List type (toll or local). F eatur es •[...]

37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3713-Home NP A’ s (Home Area Code T able) 860 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3713-Home NPA’ s (Home Area Code T able) Description Use this program to set up the Caller ID Home Area Code (HNP A) T able. Options 3713-[01-16]: Home Area Code T able Data (xx HNP A #x) Use this opti[...]

37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3714-HNP A Exceptions (Home Area Code Exception List T able) DSX Software Manual Line Options: 3101-3714 ◆ 861 Line 3101-3715 3714-HNPA Exceptions (Home Area Code Exception List Table) Description Use this program to set up the Caller ID Home Area Code (HNP A) Exception List T able. Options 3714-[...]

37xx-Caller ID (System-Wide Options) 371x-Callback 3715-FNP A Exceptions (Foreign Area Code Exception List T able) 862 ◆ Line Options: 3101-3714 DSX Software Manual 3715-FNPA Exceptions (Foreign Area Code Exception List Table) Description Use this program to set up the Caller ID Foreign Area Code (FNP A) Exception List T able. Options 3715-[01-96[...]

41xx-Configuration 410x-System (V oice Mail System Options) 4101-T ype DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 863 Voice Mail 4101-4231 V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 41xx-Con fi guration 410x-System (Voice Mail System Options) 4101-Type Description Use this program to set the voice mail type and master number . Options 4101-01: V [...]

41xx-Configuration 410x-System (V oice Mail System Options) 4101-T ype 864 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4101-02: V oice Mail Master Number (VM UCD Master) Use this option to set the voice mail master e xtension number (e.g., 700). In most installations, you should not change this option from its default setting (700) . F [...]

41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4111-Options (V oice Mail Port Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 865 Voice Mail 4101-4231 411x-Ports (Voice Mail P ort Setup) 4111-Options (Voice Mail P ort Options) Description Use this program to enter the voice mail port name as well as set the v oice mail Clas[...]

41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4111-Options (V oice Mail Port Options) 866 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4111-03: V oice Mail P ort T oll Restriction Level (Day) (Day T oll Level) Use this option to set the day mode T oll Restriction Level for all v oice mail ports. This allo ws you to restrict Mess[...]

41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4111-Options (V oice Mail Port Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 867 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Name Programming Chart Name Programming Chart Press a key the indicated number of times f or desired character Key 1 Time 2 Times 3 Times 4 Times 5 Times 6 Times 7 Times 8 Ti[...]

41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4112-Off Hook (V oice Mail Port Off Hook Options) 868 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4112-Off Hook (Voice Mail P ort Off Hook Options) Description Use this program to set the voice mail dial 9 group and operator e xtension. Options 4112-01: Outgoing Dial 9 Gr oup (Dial [...]

41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4113-Line Access (V oice Mail Port Outgoing Line Access) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 869 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4113-Line Access (Voice Mail P ort Outgoing Line Access) Description Use this program to set the voice mail outgoing line access. Options 4113-xx: Outgoing L[...]

41xx-Configuration 411x-Ports (V oice Mail Port Setup) 4114-Group Access (Outgoing Line Gr oup Access) 870 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4114-Group Access (Outgoing Line Group Access) Description Use this program to set the voice mail Line Group access. Options 4114-xx: Outgoing Line Gr oup xx Access (Group xx Access) Use [...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4201-Messages (IntraMail Message Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 871 Voice Mail 4101-4231 42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4201-Messages (IntraMail Message Options) Description Use this program to set basic voice mail messaging options. Options 4201-01: Outgoing Message Length (OGM Msg Length) [...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4201-Messages (IntraMail Message Options) 872 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4201-02: Incoming Message Length (ICM Msg Length) Use this option to set the maximum length of recorded incoming messages: Incoming messages include: • Conv ersation Record. • Extension users leaving a message in a Su[...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 873 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) Description Use this program to set the voice mail Message Noti fi cation options. Options 4202-01: Wait Between Non-P a ger Callout Attemp[...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) 874 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4202-03: Wait Between Busy Non-P a ger Callout Attempts (Busy Notif. Interval) Use this option to set ho w long IntraMail will wait, after it dials a busy non-pager callout destination, before retrying the callou[...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 875 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4202-04: Wait Between RNA Non-P a ger Callout Attempts (RNA Notif. Interval) Use this option to set how long IntraMail will w ait, after it dials an unanswered non-pager callout destina- tion[...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) 876 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4202-06: Number of Callout Attempts (Noti fi cation Attempts) Use this option to set how man y times IntraMail will retry an incomplete Message Noti fi cation callout. This total includes unacknowledged callout[...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 877 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4202-07: Send P ager Callout Until Ac knowledged (P ager Retry Until ACK) When this option is enabled, IntraMail will continue to retry a digital pager Message Noti fi cation callout until t[...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4202-Notification (Message Notification Options) 878 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4. Dials the number entered in 4202-08: Digital P ager Callbac k Number . The system assumes that the noti fi cation number will complete dialing approximately 4 seconds after line seizure. This means that, by d[...]

42xx-IntraMail 420x-Options 4203-V oice Prompts (Active System V oice Prompt Languages) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 879 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4203-Voice Prompts (Active System Voice Prompt Langua ges) 4203-01: Primary V oice Prompt Language (Primary Lang) Use this option to set the primary IntraMail voice prompt language. [...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4211-Setup (Answer T able Setup) 880 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 421x-Answer Table 4211-Setup (Answer Table Setup) Description For each Answer T able, use this program to set the Default Mailbox, Answer Schedule Override options, and optional Answer T able linking. Options 4211-01: Defaul[...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4211-Setup (Answer T able Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 881 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Default • No (0) - Disabled 4211-03: Override Mailbo x (Override Mbox) Use this option to specify the mailbox to which Automated Attendant calls should route when you also enable 4211-02: Answer Sc hed[...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) 882 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) Description Use this program to set the Answer Schedule for each Answer T able. Options 4212-[01-10]: Schedule T ype (Entry xx T ype) Use this option to assign a Schedule T ype to the selected An[...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 883 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4212-[01-10]: Routing Mailbo x Number (Entry xx Mbox) Use this option to select the mailbox that will answer calls when this Answer Schedule is active. • If the Routing Mailbox is an Announcement Mailbox[...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) 884 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4212-[01-10]: Schedule End Da y (Entry xx End Day) Use this option to specify the day of the week a type 2 (Range of Days) schedule should stop. This option does not apply to type 1 (Day of W eek) and type 3 (Date) schedules. [...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 885 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4212-[01-10]: Schedule Start Time (Entry xx Star t Time HH:MM) Use this option to specify the time of day the schedule should start. It applies to all schedule types. F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatur [...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) 886 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4212-[01-10]: Schedule End Time (Entry xx End Time HH:MM) Use this option to specify the time of day the schedule should stop. It applies to all schedule types. F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatur es • Answer T ables (page[...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 887 Voice Mail 4101-4231 T ype 1 (Day of Week) Sc hedule Example Summary ❥ Schedule 1 is a Range of Days schedule and runs Sunday through W ednesday from 8:00 AM to 10:30 AM and answers with Call Routing Mailbox 2. ❥ Schedule [...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) 888 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual T ype 2 (Range of Days) Schedule Example Summary ❥ Schedule 1 is a Range of Days schedule that runs Sunday through W ednesday from 08:30 AM to 5:00 PM and answers with Call Routing mailbox 2. ❥ Schedule 2 is a Range of Day[...]

42xx-IntraMail 421x-Answer T able 4212-Schedule (Schedule Setup) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 889 Voice Mail 4101-4231 T ype 3 (Date) Schedule Example Summary ❥ Schedule 1 is a Range of Days schedule and runs Monday through Friday from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM and answers with Call Routing Mailbox 2. ❥ Schedule 2 is a Range [...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4221-Setup (Routing Mailbo x Setup) 890 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 422x-Routing Mailbox 4221-Setup (Routing Mailbox Setup) Description Use this program to set the Routing Mailbox type. Options 4221-01: Routing Mailbo x T ype (Mailbox T ype) Use this option to assign a mailbox type to t[...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4222-Routing Options DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 891 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4222-Routing Options Description Use this program to set the routing options for each Call Routing Mailbox. The entries you mak e in this pro- gram are valid only if the Routing Mailbox is assigned as a Call Routi[...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4222-Routing Options 892 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual unanswered extension before recalling. The 1603-01: T ransfer Recall T imer (page 675) has no interaction with this option. F eatur es • None IntraMail F eatur es • Scr eened T ransfer (page 567) Options • 1-255 seconds • 0 ca[...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4223-Announcement Opts (Announcement Mailbo x Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 893 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4223-Announcement Opts (Announcement Mailbox Options) Description If the Routing Mailbox is an Announcement Mailbox, use this program to set the Announcement Mailbox options. The [...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4223-Announcement Opts (Announcement Mailbo x Options) 894 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4223-03: Next Call Routing Mailbo x (Next CRMB) If you set up an Announcement Mailbox to answer Automated Attendant calls, use this option to pro vide addi- tional routing options to the Automated Att[...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 895 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) Description If the Routing Mailbox is a Directory Dialing Mailbox, use this option to set the Directory Dialing opti[...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) 896 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4224-03: Screened T ransfer Timeout (STRF Timeout) Use this option to set ho w long a Screened T ransfer (STRF) from the Directory Dialing Mailbox will ring an unanswered extension before recallin[...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 897 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4224-04: Extension Name Match (Name Match) Use this option to determine which portion of the extension’ s programmed name Directory Dialing will use to route the call. The o[...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) 898 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4224-06: T ransfer Options (T ransfer Option) Use this option to de fi ne the action Directory Dialing uses when routing a call (Screened or Unscreened T ransfer) F eatur es • None IntraMail F [...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 899 Voice Mail 4101-4231 4224-07: Next Call Routing Mailbo x (Next CRMB) Use this option to specify the Next Call Routing Mailbox for the Directory Dialing Mailbox. If a Ne xt Call Routing Mailbox is [...]

42xx-IntraMail 422x-Routing Mailbox 4224-Directory Options (Directory Dialing Mailbox Options) 900 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual 4224-09: F ax T ransfer Extension (Fax T ransfer Ext) Use this option to specify the extension number of the f ax machine associated with the Directory Dialing Mailbox. When the Direct Dialing Mai[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 901 Voice Mail 4101-4231 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment Description Use this program to set up the IntraMail Dial Action T ables. The Dial Action T able de fi nes the optio[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 902 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual The follo wing table shows the Dial Action T able default assignments. Timeout pro vides the routing for rotary dial callers. See Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Caller s (page 442) for more. Dial Action T[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 903 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Options 4231-01: Digit xx Action (Digit x Action) Use this option to assign the actions (functions) to the ke ys that Automated Attendant callers can dial. See Dial Action T able Actions[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 904 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual • T ransfer to a UCD Gr oup (page 585) • Unde fi ned Routing (page 586) • Unscr eened T ransfer (page 587) Options • Extension number using 0-9, # and * • N for no routing (press Feature K ey 1) ?[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 905 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Dial Action T able Actions STRF Action - Screened T ransfer (1) (STRF) Use this action to allow an Automated Attendant caller to place a Screened T ransfer to an extension. After an Auto[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 906 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual UTRF Action - Unscreened T ransfer (2) (UTRF) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to place an Unscreened T ransfer to an extension. This is similar to telephone system unscreened transfer[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 907 Voice Mail 4101-4231 REC1 Action - Quick Messa ge With Greeting (3) (REC1) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an e xtension. W ith this action, the caller wil[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 908 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual REC2 Action - Quick Messa ge Without Greeting (4) (REC2) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an e xtension. W ith this action, the caller will not hear the ext[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 909 Voice Mail 4101-4231 LOGON Action - Log Onto V oice Mail (5) (LOGON) Use this key action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to log onto v oice mail. Depending on program- ming (see Routing belo w), the [...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 910 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual Hang Up Action (6) (HNGUP) When an Automated Attendant caller presses a key assigned to this action, IntraMail says “ Goodbye” and immediately hangs up. Routing There is no entry required in the correspo[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 911 Voice Mail 4101-4231 GO T O Action - Go to Mailbo x (7) (GO T O) Use this option to provide Automated Attendant callers with the ability to route to Routing Mailboxes. F or example, a caller can dial a digit[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 912 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual UND Action - Unde fi ned Routing (0) (UND) Use this ke y action if you want a key to ha ve no routing (no operation). When an Automated Attendant caller presses an unde fi ned ke y , the y hear , “ That [...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment DSX Software Manual V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 ◆ 913 Voice Mail 4101-4231 Dial Action T able Routing Options Digits (0-9, #, and *) Use Dial Action T able digits to route an Automated Attendant call to a speci fi c location (such as an exten- sion). For e xam[...]

42xx-IntraMail 423x-Dial Actions (Dial Action T able Options) 4231-Digit Assignment 914 ◆ V oice Mail Options: 4101-4231 DSX Software Manual No Routing (N) Use the N option when you want no Automated Attendant routing to automatically occur . This can be used with the LOGON action when you want to prompt the caller to enter a mailbox number . T o[...]

90xx-Utilities 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) 9001-System (System Reset) DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 915 Maintenance 9001-9042 Maintenance Options: 9001 - 9042 90xx-Utilities 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) 9001-System (System Reset) Description Use this program to reset the system. Options 9001-01: System Reset (System) Use t[...]

90xx-Utilities 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) 9002-Station (Station Reset) 916 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9002-Station (Station Reset) Description Use this program to reset a station port. 9002-01: Station Reset (Station) Use this option to reset a station port. A reset will restart the speci fi c extension with all the p[...]

90xx-Utilities 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9011-System (Initialize System) DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 917 Maintenance 9001-9032 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9011-System (Initialize System) Description Use this program to initialize the system. Options 9011-01: System Initialization (System) Use this [...]

90xx-Utilities 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9012-T oll Restrictions (Initialize T oll Restriction) 918 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9012-Toll Restrictions (Initialize Toll Restriction) Description Use this program to initialize T oll Restriction. Options 9012-01: Initialize T oll Restriction (T oll Restrict) Use [...]

90xx-Utilities 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9013-CID Logs (Initialize Caller ID Logs) DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 919 Maintenance 9001-9032 9013-CID Logs (Initialize Caller ID Logs) Description Use this program to initialize the Caller ID logs system-wide. Options 9013-01: Initialize Caller ID Logs (CID Logs) Us[...]

90xx-Utilities 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9014-Ring T ones (Initialize Ring T ones) 920 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9014-Ring T ones (Initialize Ring T ones) Description Use this program to initialize Distinctiv e Ringing system-wide. Options 9014-01: Initialize Ring T ones (Ring) Use this option to initialize[...]

90xx-Utilities 902x-Copy 9021-Station Copy DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 921 Maintenance 9001-9032 902x-Copy 9021-Station Copy Description Use this program to copy data from an extension to another e xtension or range of extensions. Options 9021-01: Station Copy (Station Copy) This option allo ws you to copy station data fr[...]

90xx-Utilities 902x-Copy 9021-Station Copy 922 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual Using 9021-01: Station Cop y T o copy data fr om an extension to another e xtension or range of e xtensions: 1. Access option 9021-01. Y ou see: Copy Pr ogram 2. Press HOLD and select the option (01-23) corresponding to the station program you want[...]

90xx-Utilities 902x-Copy 9022-Line Copy DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 923 Maintenance 9001-9032 9022-Line Copy Description Use this program to copy data from a line to another line or range of lines. Options 9022-01: Line Copy (Line Copy) This option allo ws you to copy data from one line to another line or range of lines. [...]

90xx-Utilities 902x-Copy 9022-Line Copy 924 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual Using 9022-01: Line Cop y T o copy data fr om a line to another line or range of lines: 1. Access option 9022-01. Y ou see: Copy Pr ogram 2. Press HOLD and select the option (01-12) corresponding to the line program you want to copy . • Y ou can dia[...]

90xx-Utilities 903x-Swap Ports 9031-Station Swap DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 925 Maintenance 9001-9032 903x-Swap Ports 9031-Station Swap Description Use this program swap two e xtensions. This sw aps all the programming between the two extensions, includ- ing the extension number and station name. W ith 9031-Station Swap,[...]

90xx-Utilities 903x-Swap Ports 9032-Line Swap 926 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9032-Line Swap Description Use this program swap two line circuits. F or example, if you swap line 1 with line 2, line 1 no w uses the telco circuit formerly assigned to line 2 and vise versa. W ith 9032-Line Swap, it is no longer necessary to i[...]

90xx-Utilities 904x-Backup/Restore 9041-Backup DSX Software Manual Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 ◆ 927 Maintenance 9001-9032 904x-Backup/Restore 9041-Backup Description Use this option to back up (sav e) the system database to a CompactFlash Card plugged into the IntraMail CompactFlash Card slot. Y ou can then restore (load) the system database [...]

90xx-Utilities 904x-Backup/Restore 9042-Restore 928 ◆ Maintenance Options: 9001-9211 DSX Software Manual 9042-Restore Description Use this option to restore (load) the database pre viously backed-up (sav ed) on a CompactFlash Card using 9041-Backup (page 927). Note that you can store the system database on the IntraMail CompactFlash Card or on a [...]

DSX Program List 929 DSX Pr ogram List DSX Program List DSX Pr ogram List System Options: 1001-1702 10xx-Configuration 100x-System 1001-Version 1001-01: System Type 1001-02: Software Version 1001-03: DSP Version 101x-ID 1011-Name 1011-01: System Name 1011-02: Telephone Number Name Programming Chart 102x-Time 1021-Set Time and Date 1021-01: System T[...]

DSX Program List 930 DSX Program List 1101-01: Baud Rate 1102-Modem Settings 1103-USB Settings 1104-Ethernet Setup 1104-01: System IP Address 1104-02: System Subnet Mask 1104-03: Default Gateway 111x-Tones 1111-DTMF Setup 1111-01: Manual DTMF Tone On 1111-02: Manual DTMF Tone Off 1111-03: Speed Dial DTMF Tone On 1111-04: Speed Dial DTMF Tone Off 12[...]

DSX Program List DSX Program List 931 1401-01: System Speed Dial Access 1401-02: Extended Ring 1401-03: Privacy 1401-04: ACD Supervisor 1401-05: Soft Keys 1401-06: Conversation Record 1401-07: DND Override 1401-08: Receive DID Calls 1401-09: Receive DID Camp-On 1401-10: Name Programming 1401-11: Language Programming 1401-12: Call Screening 1401-13:[...]

DSX Program List 932 DSX Program List 1411-01: Camp-On to Busy Lines 1411-02: Line Queue Priority 1411-03: Automatic Hold 1411-04: Enhanced Last Number Redial 1411-05: Unsupervised Conference 1412-Toll Restriction 1412-01: Walking Class of Service (Day) 1412-02: Walking Class of Service (Night) 1412-03: Station Locking 1412-04: Forced Account Codes[...]

DSX Program List DSX Program List 933 1541-03: SMDR Language 155x-Account Codes 1551-Setup 1551-01: Dial # to Enter Account Codes 1551-02: Allow Account Codes in Speed Dial Bins 1551-03: Show Account Codes on Telephone Display 1551-04: Account Code Toll Restriction Level 16xx-Timers 160x-Feature Timers 1601-Incoming Call Timers 1601-01: Line No Ans[...]

DSX Program List 934 DSX Program List 1612-07: Shunt Pause Timer 1613-Loop Control 1613-01: Loop Current Detection Timer 1613-02: Far End Disconnect Timer 1613-03: Power Failure Recovery Detect Timer 162x-SLI (Analog Single Line) Timers 1621-Incoming 1621-01: Minimum DP Break Timer 1621-02: Maximum DP Break Timer 1621-03: Minimum DP Make Timer 1621[...]

DSX Program List DSX Program List 935 1651-04: Transmit Forced Clear Signal Timer 1651-05: Transmit Seize Signal (BZL) Timer 1651-06: Transmit Double Answer (BZL) Timer 1652-RX (Receive Timers) 1652-01: Receive Minimum Seize Acknowledge Timer 1652-02: Receive Maximum Seize Acknowledge Timer 1652-03: Receive Minimum Digit Acknowledge Timer 1652-04: [...]

DSX Program List 936 DSX Program List Stations: 2101-2501 21xx-Configuration 210x-Setup 2101-Type 2101-01: Station Type 2101-02: Station Name 2101-03: Station Display Language 2101-04: Door Chime Selection 2101-05: Outgoing ANI ID 2101-06: Door Relay Assignment 2102-Access 2102-01: Class of Service 2102-02: Station Toll Level (Day) 2102-03: Station[...]

DSX Program List DSX Program List 937 2113-02: Ring Group 2113-03: Pickup Group 2113-04: Privacy Group 2113-05: Page Group (Zone) 2114-Off Hook Options 2114-01: Prime Line Type 2114-01: Prime Line Key 2114-01: Prime Line Line 2114-01: Prime Line Group 2114-02: Station Ring Down Type 2114-02: Station Ring Down Destination 2114-03: Station’s Operat[...]

DSX Program List 938 DSX Program List 2143-Options 2143-01: Message Playback Order 2143-02: Auto Erase/Save of Messages 2143-03: Auto Time Stamp 2143-04: Message Waiting Lamp 2143-05: Recording Conversation Beep 2144-Auto-Attendant (Automated Attendant) 2144-01: Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb 2144-02: Forced Unscreened Transfer 2144-03: Dialing Opti[...]

DSX Program List DSX Program List 939 231x-IntraMail (UCD Group Mailbox) 2311-Type 2311-01: UCD Group Mailbox Type 2311-01: UCD Group Routing Mailbox Number 2312-Setup 2312-01: Number of Messages 2312-02: Message Retention 2312-03: System Administrator 2312-04: UCD Group Mailbox Voice Prompt Language 2313-Playback 2313-01: Message Playback Order 23[...]

DSX Program List 940 DSX Program List Lines: 3101-3715 31xx-Configuration 310x-Setup 3101-Type 3101-01: Line Type 3101-02: Line Name 3101-03: DTMF Dialing 3101-04: PBX Line 3101-05: E1 Signaling Type 3101-06: MFC Signaling Type 3102-Access 3102-01: Line Class of Service 3102-02: Line Toll Level 3103-Settings 3103-01: Transmit Gain 3103-02: Receive [...]

DSX Program List DSX Program List 941 3131-02: IntraMail Answer Table Assignment 3131-03: Line Voice Prompt Language 314x-TIE Line 3141-Dialing 3141-01: Tie Line Caller’s Outbound Dial 9 Group 3141-02: Tie Line Caller’s Operator Extension 3142-Line Access 3142-[01-64]: Tie Line Caller’s Outbound Line Access 3143-Group Access 3143-[01-64]: Tie[...]

DSX Program List 942 DSX Program List 3531-01: Initialize Table 3531-02: Table Type (Allow or Deny) 3532-Table Entries 3532-xx: Table Data 354x-1+XXX-XXX / TBL-A XXXXXXX (1 + NPA + NXX Dialing 6-Digit Table) 3541-Table Options 3541-01: Initialize Table 3541-02: Table Type (Allow or Deny) 3542-Table Entries 3542-xx: Table Data 355x-XXX / TBL-B-XXX ([...]

DSX Program List DSX Program List 943 Voice Mail Options: 4101-4231 41xx-Configuration 410x-System (Voice Mail System Options) 4101-Type 4101-01: Voice Mail Type 4101-02: Voice Mail Master Number 411x-Ports (Voice Mail Port Setup) 4111-Options (Voice Mail Port Options) 4111-01: Voice Mail Port Name 4111-02: Voice Mail Port Class of Service 4111-03:[...]

DSX Program List 944 DSX Program List 4212-[01-10]: Schedule Run Date 4212-[01-10]: Schedule Start Time 4212-[01-10]: Schedule End Time Type 1 (Day of Week) Schedule Example Type 2 (Range of Days) Schedule Example Type 3 (Date) Schedule Example 422x-Routing Mailbox 4221-Setup (Routing Mailbox Setup) 4221-01: Routing Mailbox Type 4221-02: Routing Ma[...]

DSX Program List DSX Program List 945 Maintenance Options: 9001 - 9042 90xx-Utilities 900x-Reset (Reset Utilities) 9001-System (System Reset) 9001-01: System Reset 9002-Station (Station Reset) 9002-01: Station Reset 901x-Initialize (Initialize Utilities) 9011-System (Initialize System) 9011-01: System Initialization 9012-Toll Restrictions (Initiali[...]

DSX Program List 946 DSX Program List[...]

Index DSX Software Manual Index ◆ 947 Index A Account Codes . . . 14 And Emergency Calls . . . 15 Last Number Redial and Save . . . 14 Administrator for IntraMail . . . 576 Alphanumeric Display . . . 21 Announcement Mailbox . . . 412 Announcement Message . . . 417 Answer Schedule Override . . . 418 Answer Tables . . . 420 Answering Machine Built-[...]

Index 948 ◆ Index DSX Software Manual Dial Tone Detection . . . 98 Dialing by Name . . . 469 Direct Inward Dialing . . . 99 ANI/DNIS Support . . . 100 Direct Inward Line . . . 109 Direct Line Access . . . 115 Direct Station Selection (DSS) . . . 117 Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console . . . 120 Account Code Key . . . 15 Directed Call Pickup . [...]

Index DSX Software Manual Index ◆ 949 K Key Ring . . . 214 L Lamping for Messages . . . 549 Language Selection . . . 217 Language Selection and SMDR . . . 217 Languages Bilingual Voice Prompts . . . 443 Last Number Redial . . . 219 Leaving a Message . . . 509 Leaving a Message in Voice Mail . . . 372 Line Group Routing . . . 223 Line Groups . . .[...]

Index 950 ◆ Index DSX Software Manual Off Hook Signaling . . . 255 Overflow To Voice Mail . . . 590 Voice Mail . . . 373 P Paging . . . 259 Background Music Over External Page . . . 260 Door Chime Over External Page . . . 260 Intercom Ring Over External Page . . . 260 Paging, Meet-Me Conference . . . 265 Park . . . 266 Password for Mailbox . . . [...]

Index DSX Software Manual Index ◆ 951 Terminal Hunting . . . 155 Tie Lines . . . 344 Time and Date . . . 349 Time and Date Stamp . . . 581 Time and Date with Voice Mail . . . 580 Time Stamp Auto . . . 431 Toll Restriction . . . 351 Transfer . . . 358 Centrex . . . 460 External . . . 483 Forced Unscreened . . . 489 Screened . . . 567 To a Mailbox [...]

Index 952 ◆ Index DSX Software Manual[...]

NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. 4 Forest Parkway , Shelton, CT 06484 T el: 800-365-1928 Fax: 203-926-5458 www.necunifiedsolutions.com Other Important T elephone Numbers Sales: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203-926-5450 Customer Service: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203-926-5444 Customer S[...]

(1093100) June 9, 2006, Re v 3 Printed in U.S .A. NEC Uni fi ed Solutions, Inc. 4 F orest P arkway , Shelton, CT 06484 TEL: 203-926-5400 F AX: 203-929-0535 www .necuni fi edsolutions.com[...]